53-1001764-02 13 September 2010 Fabric OS Command Reference Manual Supporting Fabric OS v6.4.
Copyright © 2006-2010 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Brocade, the B-wing symbol, BigIron, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, IronPoint, IronShield, IronView, IronWare, JetCore, NetIron, SecureIron, ServerIron, StorageX, and TurboIron are registered trademarks, and DCFM, Extraordinary Networks, and SAN Health are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries.
Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated Corporate and Latin American Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. 130 Holger Way San Jose, CA 95134 Tel: 1-408-333-8000 Fax: 1-408-333-8101 Email: info@brocade.com Asia-Pacific Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd. No. 1 Guanghua Road Chao Yang District Units 2718 and 2818 Beijing 100020, China Tel: +8610 6588 8888 Fax: +8610 6588 9999 E-mail: china-info@brocade.
Document Title Publication Number Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1000240-01 September 2006 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1000436-01 June 2007 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1000599-01 October 2007 Added 13 new commands, Updated 23 commands with new options in support of v6.0. Removed 46 obsolete commands. Edit/revise ~ 150 commands. Added command syntax conventions to Preface. Updated FCS, standby CP, and RBAC tables. Added AD Type to RBAC table (Appendix A).
Document Title Publication Number Summary of Changes Publication Date Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001337-01 Added 18 new commands. Modified 27 commands with new command operands to support new Fabric OS v6.3.0 features. Removed 6 deprecated command options. Removed 6 diagnostic commands that now require root access. Miscellaneous edits to ~100 commands to correct edits, update examples etc. Updated Preface, surrounding chapters, and permission tables.
vi Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
Contents About This Document In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi Supported hardware and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi What is new in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii New Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aliDelete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 aliRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 aliShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 aptPolicy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 auditCfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
chassisConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 chassisDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 chassisDistribute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 chassisEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 chassisName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
errDump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 errFilterSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 errModuleShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 errShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226 exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrLsanCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 fcrLsanMatrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 fcrPathTest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 fcrPhyDevShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296 fcrProxyConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fwFruCfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 fwHelp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370 fwMailCfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 fwPortDetailShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 fwSamShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iscsiHelp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458 iscsiPathTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459 iscsiPortCfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460 iscsiSessionCfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463 iscsiSwCfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nbrStatsClear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521 nodeFind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523 nsAliasShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525 nsAllShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528 nsCamShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portAlpaShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 portBeacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 portBufferShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 portCamShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 portCfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portLogConfigShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712 portLogDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 portLogDump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714 portLogDumpPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715 portLogEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
secActiveSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .824 secAuthCertificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .825 secAuthSecret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .827 secCertUtil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .829 secDefineSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
supportSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .908 supportShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .912 supportShowCfgDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .915 supportShowCfgEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917 supportShowCfgShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .919 switchBeacon . . . . . . . . .
turboRamTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .986 upTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .987 uRouteConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988 uRouteRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .989 uRouteShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xx Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
About This Document In this chapter • How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi • Supported hardware and software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi • What is new in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii • Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx • Additional information . . . . . . . . . .
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • Brocade 5300 Brocade 5410 Brocade 5480 Brocade 5424 Brocade 5450 Brocade 5460 Brocade 5470 Brocade 7500 Brocade 7500E Brocade 7600 Brocade 7800 Extension Switch Brocade 8000 FCoE Switch Brocade Encryption Switch Brocade DCX Backbone and Brocade DCX-4S Backbone - FA4-18 Fibre Channel application blade FCOE10-24 Blade FS8-18 Encryption Blade FC8-16 port blade FC8-32 port blade FC8-48 port blade FC8-64 port blade (new) FC10-6 port blade FR4-18i router blade FX8-24 Extension Blade
What is new in this document The Fabric OS v6.4.0 Command Reference documents updates and corrections to support the current Fabric OS release and the new Brocade FC8-64 port blade. NEW COMMANDS The following commands and associated man pages have been added since the publication of the Fabric OS v6.3.1 release of this manual: • • • • fcipLedTest - LED test for the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 platforms (Diagnostics). • • • • portBeacon - Configures and displays port beaconing mode (Diagnostics).
• • • • fcipPathTest - Revised, updated examples. turboRamtest - Revised, updated examples. portLedTest - Updated examples. portLoopBackTest - - Updated examples. Dynamic area mode on default switch • configure - New option to enable or disable Dynamic Area Mode. • portAddress - Port Address binding is now supported on the default switch as well after you enable Dynamic Area Mode with the configure command.
FCIP • portCfg - Updated for IPv6, advanced compression, and DSCP configuration support. Minimum committed rate has changed from 1,544 kbps to 10000 Kbps. Keep Alive default is now 1000 ms. • portCfgShow - Updated for IPv6 configuration support • portShow - Updated to display new portCfg options and values. FCping • fcPing - New options to support SuperPing. Not supported on FCR. FICON • • • • ficonCfg - Refer to New Commands. ficonCupSet - New CRP operand to set the current reporting path.
• • • • • • • • portEnable • • • • • • portCfgPersistentDisable portDisable portLogDump portCfgSpeed portStatsClear portStatsShow portCfgShow portCfgEport portCfgPersistentEnable portName portPerfShow portLogDump portShow Security • • • • • • • authUtil - Support for FCAP configuration. fipsCfg - Verbose output (interactive) for zeroize operations. distribute - No longer supports IPFILTER distribution. Use chassisDistribute. passwd - Support for non-interactive password change.
Fabric OS Infrastructure supportSave - New timeout multplier. DEPRECATED COMMANDS Information that was removed or deprecated since this document was last released: Advanced Performance Monitoring The following commands are being deprecated. These commands are still operational in the Fabric OS v6.4 release and man pages have been retained, but they are incompatible with new fmConfig command. Use of the new fmConfig command is recommended.
Document conventions Modem support The dial-in feature via modem is no longer supported as Fabric OS v6.4.0. Help for the following command has been removed: • setModem WebTools configuration The following commands to set and display the Java plug-in for WebTools are no longer supported as Fabric OS v6.4.0. • httpCfgSet • httpCfgShow NOTE Automatic page breaks in CLI command output displays are being phased out. Use the more option to display command output with page breaks: command | more.
Document conventions Command syntax conventions Command syntax in the synopsis section follows these conventions: command Commands are printed in bold. --option, option Command options are printed in bold. -argument, arg Arguments are printed in bold. [] Optional element. variable Variables are printed in italics. In the help pages, values are underlined or enclosed in angle brackets < >. ... Repeat the previous element, for example “member[;member...
Document conventions Key terms For definitions specific to Brocade and Fibre Channel, see the technical glossaries on the Brocade Web site. See “Brocade resources” on page xxx for instructions on accessing the information. For definitions of SAN-specific terms, visit the Storage Networking Industry Association online dictionary at: http://www.snia.org/education/dictionary Notice to the reader This document may contain references to the trademarks of the following corporations.
Document conventions For additional Brocade documentation, visit the Brocade SAN Info Center and click the Resource Library location: http://www.brocade.com Release notes are available on the Brocade Web site and are also bundled with the Fabric OS firmware. Other industry resources For additional resource information, visit the Technical Committee T11 Web site.
Document conventions • Brocade 7500E, 7800, and 8000—On the pull-out tab on the left side of the port side of the switch • Brocade 5000—On the switch ID pull-out tab located on the bottom of the port side of the switch • • • • Brocade 7600—On the bottom of the chassis Brocade 48000—Inside the chassis next to the power supply bays Brocade DCX—On the bottom right on the port side of the chassis DCX-4S—On the port side of the chassis, on the lower right side and directly above the cable management comb 3.
Chapter 1 Using Fabric OS Commands In this chapter • Understanding role-based access control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Understanding Virtual Fabric restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Understanding Admin Domain restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Using the command line interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 Understanding Virtual Fabric restrictions NOTE Virtual Fabrics and Admin Domains are mutually exclusive and are not supported at the same time on a switch. To use Admin Domains, you must first disable Virtual Fabrics; to use Virtual Fabrics, you must first delete all Admin Domains. Use ad --clear -f to remove all Admin Domains. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for more information. Understanding Virtual Fabric restrictions In Fabric OS v6.2.
Understanding Admin Domain restrictions 1 Understanding Admin Domain restrictions A subset of Fabric OS commands is subject to Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. In order to execute an AD-restricted command on a switch or device, the switch or device must be part of a given Admin Domain, and the user must be logged in to that Admin Domain. Six Admin Domain types are supported, as defined in Table 4. TABLE 4 AD types AD Type Definition Allowed Allowed to execute in all ADs.
1 4 Using the command line interface Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
Chapter Fabric OS Commands 2 aaaConfig Manages RADIUS and LDAP configuration information.
2 aaaConfig Notes Customers can use centralized RADIUS servers to manage AAA services for a switch, as defined in the RFC 2865 RADIUS specification. Fabric OS v6.1.0 and later is required to configure LDAP while in FIPS mode. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for configuration procedures. This command can be executed when logged in through the console, Telnet or SSH connection. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
aaaConfig 2 -s secret Specifies a common secret between the switch and the RADIUS server. The secret must be between 8 and 40 characters long. This option is valid only with the -conf radius option, and it is optional. The default value is sharedsecret. -a Specifies the remote authentication protocol for the RADIUS server. This operand is valid only with the -conf radius option, and it is optional. The default value for this operand is CHAP.
2 aaaConfig “radius” When “radius” is specified, the first RADIUS server is contacted. If the RADIUS server is not reachable, the next RADIUS server is contacted. If the authentication fails, the authentication process does not check for the next server in the sequence. “ldap” When “ldap” is specified, the first Active directory (AD) server is contacted. If the AD server is not reachable, the next AD server is contacted.
aaaConfig 2 To replace the AAA service with backup option: switch:admin> aaaconfig --authspec “ldap;local” -backup See Also none Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 9
2 ad ad Manages Admin Domain operations.
ad 2 All switches, switch ports and devices in the fabric that are not specified in any other Admin Domain are treated as implicit members of AD0. Members added to AD0 are called explicit members. When a new Admin Domain is created, the members included in the new Admin Domain are automatically removed from the implicit member list of AD0.
2 ad --create arguments Creates a new Admin Domain with optionally specified device or switch members. A newly created Admin Domain is in an activated state. It initially contains no zone database. The newly created Admin Domain remains in the transaction buffer until you issue ad --apply or ad --save. AD0 always exists. Use ad --add to add explicit members to AD0. --deactivate arg Deactivates an Admin Domain. This operation fails if an effective zone configuration exists under the Admin Domain.
ad --select arg 2 Selects an Admin Domain context. This command fails if the corresponding Admin Domain is not activated. This operation succeeds only if you have the specified Admin Domain. This command internally spawns off a new shell within the requested Admin Domain context. Type logout or exit to exit from the selected Admin Domain. The zone transaction is linked to the current shell; therefore, the zone transaction buffer is lost on logout.
2 ad number An Admin Domain can be specified by a number. Valid values include 0 through 255. AD0 and AD255 are always active. AD0 cannot be specified with --activate, --deactivate or --delete actions. AD255 can be specified only with --exec, --show and --validate actions. For all command iterations, with the exception of ad --create, the Admin Domain is specified either by a name or a number. For ad --create, both name and number can be specified: for example, ad --create test_ad/10 -d “100,5; 100,1”.
ad -m mode Examples 2 Specifies the mode in which Admin Domain configuration information is displayed. This operand is valid only with --show and --validate. Valid values for mode include: 0 Displays the Admin Domain configuration in the current transaction buffer. 1 Displays the Admin Domain configuration stored in persistent memory (defined configuration). 2 Displays the currently enforced Admin Domain configuration currently enforced (effective configuration).
2 ad To delete AD13: switch:admin> ad --delete 13 You are about to delete an AD.
ad Switch WWN members: Effective configuration: -----------------------AD: 1 : AD1 2 1,12; 1,13; 1,14; 1,15; 10:00:00:60:69:00:02:53; Active Device WWN members: Switch port members: Switch WWN members: 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:37; 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:55; 1,0; 1,1; 1,2; 1,3; 1,4; 1,5; 1,6; 1,7; 1,8; 1,9; 1,10; 1,11; 1,12; 1,13; 1,14; 1,15; 10:00:00:60:69:00:02:53; To display the AD1 configuration information in the transaction buffer: switch:admin> ad --show 1 -m 0 Current AD: 255 : AD255 Transaction b
2 ad To display the configuration information in the transaction buffer: switch:admin> ad --validate Current AD Number: 255 AD Name: AD255 Transaction buffer configuration: --------------------------------no configuration Defined configuration: ---------------------AD Number: 1 AD Name: AD1 State: Inactive Device WWN members: AD Number: 2 AD Name: ad2 10:00:00:00:00:01:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:04:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:05:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:06:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:08:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:03:00:00
ad Switch port members: AD Number: 55 AD Name: AD55 2 2,52; 2,53; 2,54; 2,55; 21,5; 3,28; 3,29; 98,72; 98,75; 69,16; 69,18; 69,21; 1,336; 1,337; State: Inactive Device WWN members: 10:00:00:00:00:03:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:04:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:12:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:11:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:13:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:14:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:05:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:06:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:08:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:01:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:02:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:18:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:16:00:00
2 ag ag Enables Access Gateway (AG) and manages AG-specific operations. Synopsis ag --help ag --show ag --modeshow | --modeenable |--modedisable ag [--policyenable | --policydisable] policy ag --policyshow ag --mapshow [N_Port] ag [--mapset | --mapadd |--mapdel] N_Port [F_Port1; F_Port2;...] ag --pgshow [pgid] ag --pgcreate- pgid “N_Port1 [;N_Port2;...]” [-n pgname] [-m "lb; mfnm”] ag [--pgadd | --pgdel] pgid “N_Port1 [; N_Port2;...
ag 2 ag --delwwnfailovermapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]"|--all ag --wwnmappingenable "WWN [;WWN2;...]"|--all ag --wwnmappingdisable "WWN [;WWN2;...]"|--all Description Use this command to perform the following Access Gateway management functions: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Enable or disable Access Gateway mode. Display current configuration and state of AG. Configure and display F_Port to N_Port mapping. Configure and display N_Port failover and failback policies.
2 ag AG is supported only on selected Brocade hardware platforms. Refer to the Access Gateway Administrator’s Guide for Hardware support and AG configuration procedures. In non-AG mode, the only two actions available are --modeenable and --modeshow. Operands This command has the following operands: --help Displays the command usage. --show Displays the current configuration of the Access Gateway.
ag 2 auto Enables the automatic port configuration policy. When enabled, this policy applies to all ports on the switch. All F_Port to N_Port mapping and port group configurations are ignored. ads Enables the advanced device security (ADS) policy. When enabled, this policy applies to all the ports on the switch. By default all devices have access to the fabric on all ports. wwnloadbalance Enables the device WWN load balancing policy.
2 ag --pgshow [pgid] Displays the Port Group configuration. The port grouping feature supports specifying a set of N_Ports to be included in the Port Group (PG) Policy. The factory default PG is "pg0", which includes all N_Ports. The default PG cannot be removed or renamed. --pgcreate- pgid “N_Port1 [; N_Port2;...]” [-n pgname] [-m “lb; mfnm”] Creates a port group with the ID pgid and a specified list of N_Ports to be included in the policy. The list must be enclosed in quotation marks.
ag mfnm 2 Enables the managed fabric name monitoring mode (MFNM) in the specified port group. This command changes the fabric name monitoring mode from “default” to “managed”. In both default and managed mode, the system queries the fabric name once every 120 seconds, and if it detects an inconsistency, for example, if the port group is connected to multiple fabrics, it triggers a RASLOG message.
2 ag --failbackenable [N_Port | -pg pgid] Enables the failback policy for a specified N_Port or for all N_Ports in the given port group. When failback policy is enabled, ports behave as follows: • If only primary F_Port to N_Port mapping is in place, all F_Ports are • automatically rerouted back to the N_Ports to which they were originally mapped as those N_Ports come back online. Only the originally mapped F_Ports fail back.
ag 2 --adsadd "F_Port [;F_Port2;...]" "WWN [;WWN2;...]" Adds the specified WWNs to the list of devices allowed to login to the specified F_Ports. Lists must be enclosed in double quotation marks. List members must be separated by semicolons. Replace the F_Port list with an asterisk (*) to add the specified WWNs to all the F_Ports' allow lists. ADS policy must be enabled for this command to succeed. --adsdel "F_Port [;F_Port2;...]" "WWN [;WWN2;...
2 ag The --all option indicates all device WWNs already mapped, for example, if you wish to change an existing WWN mapping. It does not affect device WWNs that are not part of an existing mapping. --delwwnmapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]"|--all Removes the mapping of one or more device WWNs to a preferred N_Port. The --all option removes the mapping for all device WWNs currently mapped to the specified N_Port. The WWN list must be enclosed in double quotation marks. WWNs must be separated by semicolons.
ag 2 “none.” If the device is logged into a port other than the one it is mapped to, the field displays that port. If the device is mapped to a port group, the field displays the number of the port within that port group that the device is currently using. If the device is using a trunk, the field displays which port in that trunk the device is logged in. The “Enabled” field indicates, whether a mapping has been temporarily disabled (“no”), or whether it is in enabled state (“yes”).
2 ag switch:admin> ag --modeshow Access Gateway mode is NOT enabled.
ag 2 AG port mapping commands To display current port mappings and port grouping policies: switch:admin> ag --mapshow N_Port Configured_F_Ports Current_F_Ports Failover Failback PG_ID PG_Name ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 4;5;6 4;5;6 1 0 2 SecondFabric 1 7;8;9 7;8;9 0 1 0 pg0 2 10;11 10;11 1 0 2 SecondFabric 3 12;13 12;13 0 1 0 pg0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Explanation of fields in --mapshow output: - Cu
2 ag switch:admin> ag --prefdel 5 2 Preferred N_Port is deleted successfully for the F_Port[s] switch:admin> ag --mapdel 2 “5” F_Port to N_Port mapping has been updated successfully NOTE: Preferred Port commands are discussed in detail below.
ag 2 switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 2 Failback on N_Port 2 is supported Port Group commands To display Port Group information: switch:admin> ag --pgshow PG_ID PG_Name PG_Mode N_Ports F_Ports ----------------------------------------------0 pg0 lb,mfnm 1;3 10;11 2 SecondFabric 0;2 4;5;6 ----------------------------------------------- To create a port group “FirstFabric” that includes N_Ports 1 and 3 and has login balancing enabled: switch:admin> ag --pgcreate 3 “1;3” -n FirstFabric1 -m “lb” Port Group
2 ag To disable managed fabric name monitoring in port group 3: switch:admin> ag --pgdelmodes 3 "mfnm" Managed Fabric Name Monitoring mode has been disabled for Port Group 3 switch:admin> ag --pgshow PG_ID PG_Name PG_Mode N_Ports F_Ports ----------------------------------------------0 pg0 lb,mfnm 0;2 4;5;6 3 FirstFabric lb 1;3 10;11 ----------------------------------------------- To get the current fabric name monitoring timeout value: switch:admin> ag --pgfnmtov Fabric Name Monitoring TOV: 120 seconds
ag 2 To add a two new device to the lists of allowed devices for ports 1 and 9: switch:admin> ag –-adsadd "3;9" "20:03:08:00:88:35:a0:12;21:00:00:e0:8b:88:01:8b" WWNs added successfully to Allow Lists of the F_Port[s] To display the lists of allowed devices on the switch: switch:admin> ag --adsshow F_Port WWNs Allowed ------------------------------------------------------------------------1 ALL ACCESS 3 20:03:08:00:88:35:a0:12 21:00:00:e0:8b:88:01:8b 9 20:03:08:00:88:35:a0:12 21:00:00:e0:8b:88:01:8b 10 A
2 ag To remove a device entry from the database when the device is not present in the table: switch:admin> ag --deletepwwnfromdb 0:12:00:05:1e:85:92:00 20:12:00:05:1e:85:92:00 not found.
ag 2 To display the WWN mappings when WWN load balancing policy is enabled: switch:admin> ag --wwnmapshow Static Device Mapping Information: WWN, 1st N_Port 2nd N_Port PG_ID Current Enabled ---------------------------------------------------------------No static mappings are defined ---------------------------------------------------------------Dynamic Device Mapping Information: WWN, 1st N_Port 2nd N_Port PG_ID Current Enabled ---------------------------------------------------------------10:00:00:06:2b:
2 agAutoMapBalance agAutoMapBalance Controls automatic remapping of F_Ports in AG mode. Synopsis agautomapbalance --enable [-fport | -nport] [-pg Port_Group_Number | -all] agautomapbalance --disable [-fport | -nport] [-pg Port_Group_Number | -all] agautomapbalance --force agautomapbalance --show agautomapbalance --help Description Use this command to control the automatic rebalancing of F_Ports for login distribution in the event that an F_Port goes offline or an N_Port comes online.
agAutoMapBalance -nport --disable 2 Enables automatic login redistribution in the event that one or more N_Ports come online. When automatic login redistribution is enabled, the F_Ports mapped to the current N_Ports are rebalanced among the N_Ports. Disables automatic login redistribution upon removal or addition of a specified port type. -fport Disables automatic login redistribution in the event that one or more F_Ports go offline.
2 agAutoMapBalance To enable automatic login redistribution on F_Ports and N_Ports on port group 1 in the Access Gateway: switch:admin> agautomapbalance --enable -fport pg 1 To disable automatic login redistribution on F_Ports and N_Ports on all port groups in the Access Gateway: switch:admin> agautomapbalance --disable -all See Also 40 ag, agShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
agShow 2 agShow Displays the Access Gateway information registered with the fabric. Synopsis Description agshow --name [ag_name] | [--local] This command displays the details of the F_Ports and the configured N_Ports in the Access Gateway attached to the fabric shows the following information. Name The name of the Access Gateway. Ports The number of ports in the Access Gateway. Enet IP Addr The IP address of the Access Gateway. Firmware Current firmware running on the Access Gateway.
2 agShow 0x010208 0x01020a 10:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:86 10:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b9 To display the locally registered Access Gateways: switch:admin> agshow --local Worldwide Name Ports Enet IP Addr Firmware Local/Remote Name --------------------------------------------------------------------------------10:00:00:05:1e:04:06:ae 24 10.32.173.64 v6.0.
aliAdd 2 aliAdd Adds a member to a zone alias. Synopsis Description aliadd “aliName”, “member[; member...]” Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone alias. The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the zone configuration to nonvolatile memory with cfgSave.
2 aliCreate aliCreate Creates a zone alias. Synopsis Description alicreate “aliName”, “member[; member...]” Use this command to create a new zone alias. The zone alias member list must have at least one member (empty lists are not allowed). The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias. Refer to the zoneCreate command for more information on name and member specifications. This command changes the defined configuration.
aliDelete 2 aliDelete Deletes a zone alias. Synopsis Description alidelete “aliName” Use this command to delete a zone alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the zone configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
2 aliRemove aliRemove Removes a member from a zone alias. Synopsis Description aliremove “aliName”, “member[; member...]” Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone alias. If all members are removed, the zone alias is deleted. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command.
aliShow 2 aliShow Displays zone alias information. Synopsis Description alishow ["pattern"][, mode] Use this command to display zone configuration information. Use the pattern operand to display only matching zone alias names in the defined configuration. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 aptPolicy aptPolicy Changes or displays the Advanced Performance Tuning (APT) policy. Synopsis aptpolicy [policy] aptpolicy -ap [ap_policy] Description Use this command to display and change the advanced performance tuning (APT) policies on a switch. Several internal performance tuning parameters can be modified with this command. The default parameters (AP shared Link Policy) are optimized for most SAN applications; in most environments, there is no need to modify the default policy.
aptPolicy 3 2 Exchange-based routing policy (default). With this policy, the path chosen for an ingress frame is based on all of the following items: • • • • The ingress port on which the frame was received. The FC address of the source fabric device (SID) for this frame. The FC address of the destination fabric device (DID) for this frame. The FC Originator Exchange ID (OXID) for this frame.
2 aptPolicy 0: AP Shared Link Policy 1: AP Dedicated Link Policy See Also 50 dlsReset, dlsSet, dlsShow, switchDisable Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
auditCfg 2 auditCfg Modifies and displays the audit log filter configuration. Synopsis auditcfg --class audit_class auditcfg --enable |--disable auditcfg --severity severity_level auditcfg --show Description Note Operands Use this command to configure the audit logging and to display the audit log configuration.
2 auditCfg switch:admin> auditcfg --show Audit filter is disabled.
auditDump 2 auditDump Displays or clears the audit log. Synopsis auditdump -s | -show auditdump -c | -clear Description Use this command to display or clear the audit log on the switch. The audit log persistently saves the most recent 256 log entries on the switch. On modular platforms, the entries are not shared across CPs. To display or clear the logs, this command must be issued for each CP separately.
2 authUtil authUtil Displays and sets the authentication configuration. Synopsis authutil authutil --show authutil --set option value authutil --policy -sw option | -dev option authutil --authinit [slot/]port[, [slot/]port...] | allE Description Use this command to display and set local switch authentication parameters. Use --set to change authentication parameters such as protocol, Diffie-Hellman group (DH group), or hash type. When no protocol is set, the default setting of “FCAP, DH- CHAP” is used.
authUtil 2 and a higher level of security. When DH group is set to a specified value, only that DH group is enabled. Specifying “*” enables all DH groups 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4, in that order. This means that in authentication negotiation, the NULL DH group s given priority over all other groups. -h sha1 | md5 | all Sets the hash type. Valid values are “sha1”, “md5” or “all”, which sets both hash types. Use this option to disable md5 authentication access by setting the hash type to sha1 only.
2 authUtil authinit [slot/]port [, [slot]/port...| allE Reinitiates authentication on selected ports after changing the DH-CHAP group, hash type, and shared secret between a pair of switches. This command does not work on Private, Loop, NPIV and FICON devices. The command can reinitiate authentication only if the device was previously authenticated. This command may bring down the E_Ports if the DH-CHAP shared secrets are not installed correctly.
authUtil 2 To set the Device policy to passive mode: switch:admin> authutil --policy -dev passive Warning: Activating the authentication policy requires DH-CHAP secrets on both switch and device. Otherwise, the F-port will be disabled during next F-port bring-up.
2 bannerSet bannerSet Sets the banner on the local switch. Synopsis Description bannerset [banner] Use this command to set the banner on the local switch. The banner is a string of alphanumeric characters. It is displayed whenever you log in to a switch. The banner can be created using the banner operand or by entering the bannerSet command without an operand, making the session interactive. If you enter the banner text using the interactive method, the valid length is 1022 characters.
bannerShow 2 bannerShow Displays the banner text. Synopsis Description Note bannershow Use this command to display the contents of the banner. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 bcastShow bcastShow Displays broadcast routing information. Synopsis Description bcastshow Use this command to display the broadcast routing information for all ports in the switch. The broadcast routing information indicates all ports that are members of the broadcast distribution tree: ports that are able to send and receive broadcast frames. Normally, all F_Ports and FL_Ports are members of the broadcast distribution tree.
bladeCfgGeMode 2 bladeCfgGeMode Configures a GbE port or a 10GbE port on the Brocade FX8-24 blade. Synopsis bladecfggemode --set mode -slot slot bladecfggemode --show -slot slot | -all bladecfggemode --help Description Notes Use this command to configure the GbE port mode on the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade or to display the configuration. The mode configuration controls which ports are enabled.
2 bladeCfgGeMode bladeCfgGeMode: Blade in slot 1 is configured in 1GigE Mode 1GigE mode: only the ge0-9 ports are enabled (xge0 and xge1 are disabled) bladeCfgGeMode: Blade in slot 4 is configured in 10GigE Mode 10GigE mode: only xge0 and xge1 are enabled (ge0-9 ports are disabled) See Also 62 none Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
bladeDisable 2 bladeDisable Disables all user ports on a blade. Synopsis Description bladedisable slot Use this command to disable all user ports on a blade. All Fibre Channel ports on the blade are taken offline. If the switch was connected to a fabric through this blade, the remaining switches reconfigure, and the switch reconfigures based on the other blade ports. As each port is disabled, the front panel LED changes to a slow flashing yellow.
2 bladeDisable 385 5 1 386 5 2 387 5 3 388 5 4 389 5 5 390 5 6 391 5 7 392 5 8 393 5 9 394 5 10 395 5 11 396 5 12 397 5 13 398 5 14 399 5 15 400 5 16 401 5 17 402 5 18 403 5 19 404 5 20 405 5 21 406 5 22 407 5 23 408 5 24 409 5 25 410 5 26 411 5 27 412 5 28 413 5 29 414 5 30 415 5 31 switch:admin> See Also 64 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ cu cu cu cu cu cu cu cu cu cu cu cu cu
bladeEnable 2 bladeEnable Enables all user ports on a blade. Synopsis Description bladeenable slot Use this command to enable all user ports on a blade. All ports within the blade that did not fail the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled (except for persistently disabled ports). They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. Use bladeEnable to re-enable the blade after making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics.
2 bladeEnable switch:admin> slotshow Slot Blade Type ID Status --------------------------------1 SW BLADE 2 ENABLED 2 UNKNOWN VACANT 3 UNKNOWN VACANT 4 SW BLADE 2 ENABLED 5 CP BLADE 1 ENABLED 6 CP BLADE 1 ENABLED 7 SW BLADE 2 ENABLED 8 UNKNOWN VACANT 9 UNKNOWN VACANT 10 UNKNOWN VACANT See Also 66 bladeDisable, chassisDisable, chassisEnable, portEnable, portDisable, switchDisable, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
bladeSwap 2 bladeSwap Swaps the area numbers for matching port pairs of two blades. Synopsis Description bladeSwap -src source_slot -dest destination_slot Use this command to swap the area numbers for matching port pairs of two blades. All ports must qualify for swapping for this command to succeed. It validates that the blades in the indicated slots are of the same type, have the same number of ports, and that the port pairs are in the same partition.
2 bootLunCfg bootLunCfg Transparently configures the boot LUN for an HBA. Synopsis bootluncfg --add HBA_WWN PWWN LUN_ID bootluncfg --delete HBA_WWN [PWWN LUN_ID] bootluncfg --show bootluncfg --help Description Use this command to configure the boot LUN for an HBA. Existing fabric-based boot LUN discovery allows the host's boot LUN information to be stored in the fabric zone database by using a zone name that contains the PWWN of an HBA port. The zone members consist of storage target PWWN and LUN ID.
bottleneckMon 2 bottleneckMon Monitors and reports latency and congestion bottlenecks on F_Ports and E_Ports.
2 bottleneckMon occur because of an underperforming device connected to the F_Port, or because of back pressure from other congestion or latency bottlenecks on the E_Ports. Bottleneck monitoring can help identify these devices and pinpoint the upstream bottlenecks caused by these devices inside the fabric. When bottleneck monitoring is enabled on a switch and -alert is specified, the command triggers an SNMP and a RASlog alert when the ports on the configured switch experience latency or congestion.
bottleneckMon 2 Latency threshold for alert The severity threshold for triggering a latency alert. This threshold indicates the percentage of one-second intervals affected by latency conditions within a specified time window. The latency threshold is expressed as a fraction between 0 and 1. Averaging time for alert The time window in seconds over which the percentage of seconds affected by bottleneck conditions is computed and compared with the threshold.
2 bottleneckMon • A wildcard ‘*’ indicates all ports. The wild card should be enclosed in single quotation marks. The wildcard (‘*) specifier is not allowed with the --config option. To make switch-wide changes, use --config without a port specifier. --enable Enables bottleneck detection on the switch. This operation is switch-wide and affects all F[L]_Ports and F_Ports. This operation enables bottleneck monitoring on all eligible ports of a switch, no matter when they become eligible.
bottleneckMon -noalert 2 Disables alerts. This is the default state assumed if neither -alert nor -noalert is specified. This operand is valid only with the --config option. --exclude [slot]port_list Excludes the specified ports from bottleneck detection. No data will be collected from these ports, and no alerts will be triggered for these ports. All statistics history for a port is erased when a port is excluded. Alerting parameters are preserved.
2 bottleneckMon -span seconds Specifies the total duration in seconds covered in the output. When a port is specified with the --show command, the maximum span is 10800 seconds (3 hours). When a wildcard (*) is specified, the maximum span is defined such that the value of -span divided by the value of the interval cannot exceed 30. The span value must be greater than 0. The default value is 10 seconds.
bottleneckMon 2 To display the number of ports affected by bottleneck conditions: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --show ================================================================== Fri Feb 26 22:00:00 UTC 2010 ================================================================== List of bottlenecked ports in most recent interval: 13 16 ================================================================== Number of From To bottlenecked ports ================================================================== F
2 bottleneckMon To display the bottleneck statistic for every port in the switch including the union of all individual port statistics: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --show -interval 5 -span 30 * ============================================================= Wed Jan 13 18:54:35 UTC 2010 ============================================================= =================================================================== From To 0 1 2 3 4 5 =================================================================== Jan 13
bottleneckMon 0 3 Y 0.990 0.
2 bpPortLoopbackTest bpPortLoopbackTest Sends and receives data from the same BP port to perform a functional test of the port. Synopsis bpportloopbacktest [--slot slot][ -nframes count] -pklen count] -lb_mode mode] [-spd_mode mode ] -bpports itemlist ] Description Use this command to verify the functional operation of the switch. The test sends frames from a specified blade processor (BP) port transmitter and loops the frames back into the same BP port’s receiver.
bpPortLoopbackTest Notes 2 This command does not support High Availability (HA). This command is currently supported only on the Brocade Encryption platform at a default speed of 4 Gbps and a loopback mode of 7. Use portLoopBackTest on all other platforms. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, “Using Fabric OS commands” and Appendix A, “Command Availability” for details.
2 bpPortLoopbackTest Info: Vader port 4 recovering Rx Fifo Info: Vader port 5 recovering Rx Fifo Ob1 portloopbacktest on ports 80-90 PASSED Test Complete: bpportloopbacktest Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 hr, 0 min & 24 sec (0:0:24:599). Cleaning up after test....... passed. Diagnostics See Also 80 When it detects failures, the test may report one or more of the following error messages. If errors persist, contact Technical Support. DATA Data received does not match the data sent.
bpTurboRamTest 2 bpTurboRamTest bpTurboRamTest - MBIST test for AP Blade BP ASICs. Synopsis Description bpturboramtest [--slot slot][ -passcnt count ] [ -bpports itemlist ] Use this command to verify the on-chip static random access memory (SRAM) located in the Blade Processor (BP) ASICs of the Application Processor (AP) blade. The command makes use of the memory built-in self-test (MBIST) circuitry.
2 bpTurboRamTest Example To run the test in default mode: switch:admin> bpturboramtest Running bpturboramtest .............. Board Init Running Vader bist test Vader bist test PASSED Running Ob1 bist test Ob1 bist test PASSED BIST test PASSED on all ASIC(s) Test Complete: bpturboramtest Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 hr, 1 min & 55 sec (0:1:55:884). Cleaning up after test....... passed.
ceePortLedTest 2 ceePortLedTest Refer to “portLedTest”.
2 ceePortLoopbackTest ceePortLoopbackTest Refer to “portLoopbackTest”.
ceeTurboRamTest 2 ceeTurboRamTest Refer to “turboRamTest”.
2 cfgActvShow cfgActvShow Displays effective zone configuration information. Synopsis Description cfgactvshow Use this command to display the effective zone configuration information. The current configuration is a single zone configuration that is currently in effect. The devices that an initiator sees are based on this configuration. The effective configuration is built when a specified zone configuration is enabled.
cfgAdd 2 cfgAdd Adds a member to a zone configuration. Synopsis Description cfgadd "cfgName", "member[ ;member...]" Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to take effect, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
2 cfgClear cfgClear Clears all zone configurations. Synopsis Description cfgclear Use this command to clear all zone information in the transaction buffer. All defined zone objects in the transaction buffer are deleted. If an attempt is made to commit the empty transaction buffer while a zone configuration is enabled, you are warned to first disable the enabled zone configuration or to provide a valid configuration with the same name.
cfgCreate 2 cfgCreate Creates a zone configuration. Synopsis Description cfgcreate "cfgName", "member[ ;member...]" Use this command to create a new zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
2 cfgDelete cfgDelete Deletes a zone configuration. Synopsis Description cfgdelete "cfgName" Use this command to delete a zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
cfgDisable 2 cfgDisable Disables a zone configuration. Synopsis Description cfgdisable Use this command to disable the current zone configuration. The fabric returns to non-zoning mode, in which all devices see each other. This command ends and commits the current zoning transaction buffer to both volatile and nonvolatile memory. If a transaction is open on a different switch in the fabric when this command is run, the transaction on the other switch is automatically aborted.
2 cfgEnable cfgEnable Enables a zone configuration. Synopsis Description cfgenable cfgName Use this command to enable a zone configuration. The command builds the specified zone configuration . It checks for undefined zone names, zone alias names, or other inconsistencies, by expanding zone aliases, removing duplicate entries, and then installing the effective configuration.
cfgMcdtmode 2 cfgMcdtmode Configures zoning features in McDATA Fabric mode. Synopsis cfgMcdtMode [--enable | --disable | --help] [safezoning | defaultzoning] Description Use this command to enable or disable either the McDATA safe zoning feature or the McDATA default zoning feature. Enabling or disabling safezoning or default zoning on one switch in the fabric enables or disables the specific feature fabric-wide, meaning that the feature is disabled or enabled on all switches in the fabric.
2 cfgRemove cfgRemove Removes a member from a zone configuration. Synopsis Description cfgremove “cfgName”, “member[; member...]” Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone configuration. If all members are removed, the zone configuration is deleted. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
cfgSave 2 cfgSave Saves zone configuration to nonvolatile memory. Synopsis Description cfgsave Use this command to save the current zone configuration. This command writes the defined configuration and the name of the effective configuration to nonvolatile memory in all switches in the fabric. The saved configuration is automatically reloaded at power on, and, if a configuration was in effect at the time it was saved, the same configuration is reinstalled with an automatic cfgEnable command.
2 cfgSaveActiveToDefined cfgSaveActiveToDefined Saves the active (effective) zoning configuration to the defined configuration in McDATA Fabric mode. Synopsis Description Notes cfgSaveActiveToDefined Use this command in McDATA Fabric mode to move the effective zoning configuration to the defined configuration database. If the Defined Database contains a configuration with the same name, it is replaced. Any nonduplicate zone sets or zones remain unchanged.
cfgShow 2 cfgShow Displays zone configuration information. Synopsis Description cfgshow ["pattern"] [, mode] Use this command to display zone configuration information. If no operand is specified, all zone configuration information (both defined and effective) displays. If the local switch has an outstanding transaction, this command displays the most recently edited zone configuration that has not yet been saved.
2 cfgShow Examples To display all zone configurations that start with "Test": switch:admin> cfgshow "Test*" cfg: Test1 Blue_zone cfg: Test_cfg Red_zone; Blue_zone To display all zone configuration information: switch:admin> cfgshow Defined configuration: cfg: USA1 Blue_zone cfg: USA_cfg Red_zone; Blue_zone zone: Blue_zone 1,1; array1; 1,2; array2 zone: Red_zone 1,0; loop1 alias: array1 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:8c; 21:00:00:20:37:0c:71:02 alias: array2 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:22; 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:28 alias:
cfgSize 2 cfgSize Displays zone and Admin Domain database size details. Synopsis Description cfgsize [integer] Use this command to display the size details of the zone database and the Admin Domain database. When executed in non-AD255 context, the size details include the Zone DB maximum size, the committed size, and the transaction size. All sizes are in bytes.
2 cfgSize AD and Zone DB uncommitted space available - 1041884 bytes Total AD and Zone Transaction buffer size 0 bytes AD Database Size: ----------------committed 3124 bytes transaction 0 bytes Number of ADs in Effective Configuration Each AD's Zone Database Size: ---------------------------cfgsize Info for AD Number:0 committed 242 bytes transaction - 0 bytes cfgsize Info for AD Number:1 committed - 16 bytes transaction - 0 bytes See Also 100 - 4 (AD Name: AD0, State=Active): (AD Name: AD1, State=A
cfgTransAbort 2 cfgTransAbort Aborts the current zoning transaction. Synopsis Description cfgtransabort [token] Use this command to abort the current zoning transaction without committing it. All changes made since the transaction was started are removed and the zone configuration database is restored to the state before the transaction was started. If a transaction is open on a different switch in the fabric when this command is run, the transaction on the other switch remains open and unaffected.
2 cfgTransShow cfgTransShow Displays information about the current zoning transaction. Synopsis Description Notes cfgtransshow Use this command to display the ID of the current zoning transaction. In addition, the command provides information on whether or not the transaction can be aborted. The transaction cannot be aborted if it is an internal zoning transaction. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
chassisBeacon 2 chassisBeacon Sets chassis beaconing mode. Synopsis Description chassisbeacon [mode] Use this command to enable or disable beaconing on a chassis. Chassis beaconing can be used to locate a failing chassis in a group of chassis. Use portBeacon to locate a failing port, and use switchBeacon to locate a failing (logical) switch. When beaconing mode is turned on, the port LEDs flash green at various rates across the chassis. The beaconing continues until you turn it off.
2 chassisConfig chassisConfig Displays or sets the configuration of the Brocade 48000. Synopsis Description chassisconfig [-f][option] This command is retained for legacy reasons only. It has nothing to do with Virtual Fabrics and chassis configuration related to the Virtual Fabric feature. The chassisConfig command is supported ONLY on the Brocade 48000 and ONLY option 5 is supported.
chassisDisable 2 chassisDisable Disables all user ports in a chassis. Synopsis Description chassisdisable [-force] Use this command to disable a Virtual Fabric-aware chassis. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. This command prompts for confirmation unless the -force option is used. If the chassis is partitioned into logical switches that are part of logical fabrics, the remaining switches in these fabrics reconfigure. As each port is disabled, the front panel LED changes to a slow flashing yellow.
2 chassisDistribute chassisDistribute Distributes IP filter policies. Synopsis Description chassisdistribute -db policy_db -fid FID | -domain domain_list [-force] Use this command to manually distribute IP Filter policies. The behavior of this command depends on whether Virtual Fabrics are enabled or disabled.
chassisDistribute -fid FID 2 Specifies the logical switch from which the distribution should originate. The logical switch is identified by its fabric ID (FID). When a FID is specified, the database is distributed to all chassis that are connected to the logical switch and are configured to accept the distribution. This operand is required and valid only when the switch is in Virtual Fabric mode. -domain domain_list Specifies a list of switch domain IDs that should receive the database.
2 chassisEnable chassisEnable Enables all user ports in a chassis. Synopsis Description chassisenable Use this command to enable a Virtual Fabric-aware chassis. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self test (POST) are enabled. They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. Use chassisEnable to re-enable the chassis after making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics.
chassisName 2 chassisName Displays or sets the chassis name. Synopsis Description chassisname [name] Use this command to display or change the name associated with the chassis. Enter this command without parameters to display the current chassis name. Use this command with the name operand to assign a new chassis name. Note Operands The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 chassisShow chassisShow Displays all field replaceable units (FRUs). Synopsis Description chassisshow Use this command to inventory and display the FRU header content for each object in the chassis and chassis backplane version. Refer to theTable 5 for more information about the lines and their meaning. TABLE 5 Command output descriptions Line Description 1 If applicable, the first line displays the chassis backplane version number, in hexadecimal.
chassisShow Examples 2 To display all FRUs for a switch: switch:user> chassisshow Chassis Backplane Revision: 1C SW BLADE Slot: 3 Header Version: Power Consume Factor: Factory Part Num: Factory Serial Num: Manufacture: Update: Time Alive: Time Awake: ID: Part Num: Serial Num: Revision Num: CP BLADE Slot: 6 Header Version: Power Consume Factor: Factory Part Num: Factory Serial Num: Manufacture: Update: Time Alive: Time Awake: ID: Part Num: Serial Num: Revision Num: . . .
2 cliHistory cliHistory Name Synopsis Description Displays switch command history. clihistory This command saves the following information whenever a command is executed on the switch: • • • • • Timestamp Username IP address of the Telnet session Options Arguments This command displays the local CLI command history. The information is saved as part of supportSave as the CH file. It is also saved persistently to compact flash if the switch panics.
cmsh 2 cmsh Opens the CEE command shell. Description Use this command to open a shell for managing 10 GbE interfaces and L2/L3 protocol services. The CEE management shell provides a hierarchical CLI interface. Refer to the Fabric OS Converged Enhanced Ethernet Command Reference and the Fabric OS Converged Enhanced Ethernet Administrator’s Guide for information on using the CEE commands and configuration procedures.
2 cmsh To create an FCoE VLAN: switch:admin> cmsh switch:admin>en switch:admin>#conf t switch:admin>(config)#protocol lldp switch:admin>(conf-lldp)# advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv switch:admin>(conf-lldp)# advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv switch:admin>(conf-lldp)#exit switch:admin>(config)#exit switch:admin>(config)# switch:admin>(config)# switch:admin>(config)# switch:admin>(config)# vlan vlan vlan vlan classifier classifier classifier classifier rule 1 proto fcoe encap ethv2 rule 2 proto fip encap e
configDefault 2 configDefault Resets the nonpersistent configuration data to factory defaults. Synopsis Description configdefault [-fid FID | -all] Use this command to reset the nonpersistent configuration settings to their factory defaults. Beginning with Fabric OS v6.2.0, configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately.
2 configDefault Note that configDefault does not completely remove all FCIP tunnels and GbE IP address information. This may be an issue when attempting to use the same information to create new tunnels or modify the existing ones. When issuing configDefault on the Brocade 7500 or on the FR4-18i blade, it persistently disables the ports. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
configDownload 2 configDownload Downloads configuration data to the system.
2 configDownload - Download the entire configuration including the data for all logical switches and for the chassis (-all). The interactive version of the command (no operands) prompts for input on only the parameters the user is allowed to execute. • In a non-Virtual Fabric environment, this command by default downloads the switch configuration.
configDownload 2 Security parameters and the switch’s identity cannot be changed by configDownload. Parameters such as the switch name and IP address are ignored; they are lines in the configuration file that begin with “boot”. Security parameters and version stamp are ignored; they are the lines in the configuration file that begin with “sec”. [License] is only accepted if the boot.mac parameter matches the license ID (WWN) of the switch performing the download; otherwise, it is ignored.
2 configDownload -fid FID -sfid FID Examples Downloads the switch configuration to a logical switch specified by its fabric ID. This operand is valid only in a Virtual Fabric environment and requires chassis permissions. The following optional parameter is supported with the -fid operand: Specifies an alternate source switch configuration to be downloaded to the target logical switch specified by -fid.
configDownload 2 any current switch settings. Downloading a configuration file, which was uploaded from a different type of switch, may cause this switch to fail. A switch reboot might be required for some parameter changes to take effect. configDownload operation may take several minutes to complete for large files.
2 configList configList Lists uploaded configuration files. Synopsis Description Note Operands Examples configlist -local|-USB|-U This command displays a list of names, sizes, and creation dates of configuration files saved on the local chassis or on an attached USB device. These files are created when the configUpload command is executed with the -local or the -USB option. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
configRemove 2 configRemove Deletes a saved configuration file. Synopsis configremove -local|-USB|-U [file] Description This command deletes a configuration file that was previously saved to the local chassis or to an attached USB device by using the configUpload command. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 configShow configShow Displays system configuration settings. Synopsis configshow -pattern “pattern” configshow [-all | -fid FID| -chassis] [-local|-USB|-U] [file] [-pattern "pattern"] Description Use this command to display system configuration settings. Some but not all of these parameters are set by the configure and configureChassis commands. Beginning with Fabric OS v6.2.0, configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information.
configShow -USB | -U [file] Examples 2 Displays the content of a configuration file that was previously created by configUpload and stored on an attached USB device. The output can be optionally filtered by -pattern “pattern”. If file is omitted, the command prompts for a file name. The output format when -USB is specified matches that of configUpload and contains a superset of the information provided when -USB is not specified.
2 configShow fips.selftests:0 ipfilter.0.name:default_ipv4 ipfilter.0.numofrules:12 ipfilter.0.rule.1:0,0x23,0,0,6,22 ipfilter.0.rule.10:0,0x23,0,0,17,123 ipfilter.0.rule.11:0,0x63,0,0,6,600,1023 ipfilter.0.rule.12:0,0x63,0,0,17,600,1023 ipfilter.0.rule.2:0,0x23,0,0,6,23 ipfilter.0.rule.3:0,0x23,0,0,6,897 ipfilter.0.rule.4:0,0x23,0,0,6,898 ipfilter.0.rule.5:0,0x23,0,0,6,111 ipfilter.0.rule.6:0,0x23,0,0,6,80 ipfilter.0.rule.7:0,0x23,0,0,6,443 ipfilter.0.rule.8:0,0x23,0,0,17,161 ipfilter.0.rule.
configShow 2 FOS version = v6.2.0.0 Number of LS = 3 [Switch Configuration Begin : 0] SwitchName = Spirit_66 Fabric ID = 20 [Boot Parameters] boot.name:Spirit_66 boot.ipa:10.32.228.66 boot.licid:10:00:00:05:1e:41:5c:c1 boot.mac:10:00:00:05:1e:41:5c:c1 boot.device:eth0 boot.gateway.ipa:10.32.224.1 [Configuration] acl.clear:0 ag.port.nfportfailback:0x0 ag.port.nfportfailover:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.0:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.1:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.10:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.11:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.
2 configUpload configUpload Uploads system configuration data to a file.
configUpload 2 You can use FTP or SCP to upload configuration files to an external host, or you can save the configuration in a predetermined directory on the local chassis or on an attached USB device. If the specified file already exists, this command prompts you to overwrite the file. Specify -force to overwrite the file without confirmation.
2 configUpload “passwd” Specifies the account password when you use the FTP protocol. Quotation marks are optional. -local Uploads a specified configuration file to a predetermined directory on the local chassis. This option requires a file name. -USB | -U Uploads a specified configuration file to a predetermined directory on an attached USB device. This option requires a file name. “file” Specifies the file name. Quotation marks are optional.
configUpload 2 To upload the system configuration file for a logical switch with FID 8 to an attached USB device: switch:admin> configupload -fid 8 -ftp -USB config.txt To upload the Virtual Fabric configuration of the current platform to an external FTP server: switch:admin> configupload -vf -p ftp 10.32.248.119,jdoe,/temp/switch-conf.66.txt,password Diagnostics The configuration upload might fail for one or more of the following reasons: • • • • See Also The host name is not known to the switch.
2 configure configure Changes switch configuration settings. Synopsis Description configure Use this command to change switch configuration settings. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately. For information on file format and specific parameters contained in each section, refer to the configUpload help page.
configure Operands 2 none The configure command runs in interactive mode and presents you with a series of hierarchical menus. Each top-level menu and its associated submenus consist of a text prompt, a selection of valid values, and a default value (in brackets). The following keys control the execution of the command: Return When entered at a prompt with no preceding input, the command accepts the default value (if applicable) and moves to the next prompt.
2 configure Fabric setting fields are defined as follows: Domain The domain number uniquely identifies a switch in a fabric. This value is automatically assigned by the fabric. The range of valid values varies depending on the switch model and other system parameter settings. Enable 8-bit Dynamic Area Mode When enabled, this feature supports Dynamic Area Mode in default partitions on the Brocade DCX and DCX-4S. Dynamic Area Mode is by default disabled.
configure Disable FID Check 2 If fabric ID (FID) check is disabled, the fabric ignores the Fabric Identifier conflict with the neighboring switch during fabric formation. By default, FID check is enabled. If the fabric detects a FID conflict, it disables the E_Port with a "Fabric ID conflict" message. This parameter is configurable only if the switch is Virtual Fabric-aware and Virtual Fabric is enabled on the switch.
2 configure Data Field Size The data field size specifies the largest possible value, in bytes, for the size of a type 1 (data) frame. The switch advertises this value to other switches in the fabric during construction of the fabric as well as to other devices when they connect to the fabric. Setting this parameter to a value smaller than 2112 might result in decreased performance.
configure 2 The default virtual channel settings have already been optimized for switch performance. Changing the default values can improve switch performance but can also degrade performance. Do not change these settings without fully understanding the effects of the changes. Table 7 lists the virtual channel settings.
2 configure Zoning Operation Parameters Table 9 lists the configurable zoning operation parameters. TABLE 9 Zoning operation parameters Field Type Default Range Disable NodeName Zone Checking Boolean 0 1 Disable NodeName Zone Checking Specify 1 to disable using node WWN when specifying nodes in the zone database, or specify 0 to enable using node WWN when specifying nodes in the zone data. The default value is 0. This value must be set to 1 for interpretability.
configure 2 Enable CLOSE on OPEN received? If this is set, a CLS is returned immediately to an OPN if no buffers are available. This is required for TachLite. Always send RSCN? Following the completion of loop initialization, a remote state change notification (RSCN) is issued when FL_Ports detect the presence of new devices or the absence of preexisting devices. When set to 1, an RSCN is issued upon completion of loop initialization, regardless of the presence or absence of new or preexisting devices.
2 configure switch:admin>configure Configure... Fabric parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Domain: (1..239) [1] Enable a 256 Area Limit (0 = No, 1 = Zero Based Area Assignment, 2 = Port Based Area Assignment): (0..2) [0] 1 WWN Based persistent PID (yes, y, no, n): [no] Allow XISL Use (yes, y, no, n): [yes]yes R_A_TOV: (4000..120000) [10000] E_D_TOV: (1000.. 5000) [2000] WAN_TOV: (0..30000) [0] MAX_HOPS: (7..19) [7] Data field size: (256..2112) [2112] Sequence Level Switching: (0..
configure 2 Disable FID Check (yes, y, no, n): [no] Insistent Domain ID Mode (yes, y, no, n): [no] Virtual Channel parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] F-Port login parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] Zoning Operation parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] RSCN Transmission Mode (yes, y, no, n): [no] Arbitrated Loop parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] System services (yes, y, no, n): [no] Portlog events enable (yes, y, no, n): [no] ssl attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] rpcd attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] cfgload attribu
2 configureChassis configureChassis Changes chassis-level system configuration settings. Synopsis Description configurechassis Use this command to modify chassis-level system configuration settings. Beginning with Fabric OS v6.2.0, configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately. Use the configure command to modify switch configuration parameters.
configureChassis 2 Custom Attributes Table 15 lists custom attributes that may be modified. TABLE 15 Configurable custom attributes Application Attribute Type Default Range Custom Config Index (0 to ignore): Number 0 0-10000 config Index OEM custom configuration. This attribute is for internal use only. System Settings The following system-related parameters are configurable on a Virtual Fabric-aware switch. TABLE 16 System Settings Field Type Default Range system.blade.
2 cryptoCfg cryptoCfg Name Synopsis Performs encryption configuration and management functions. cryptocfg --help -nodecfg cryptocfg --help -groupcfg cryptocfg --help -hacluster cryptocfg --help -devicecfg cryptocfg --help -transcfg cryptocfg --help -decommission Description Use the cryptoCfg command to configure and manage the Brocade Encryption Switch and the FS8-18 encryption blade. These platforms support the encryption of data-at-rest for tape devices and disk array logical unit numbers (LUNs).
cryptoCfg Function 1.
2 cryptoCfg Use the --show localEE command to display encryption engine configuration parameters pertaining to the local node. The command displays the following information: • EE Slot: Encryption engine slot number. • SP state: Security processor state. For a complete listing of SP states, refer to the Encryption Administrator’s Guide, Appendix A. • • • • Current master key ID (or primary link key ID) - Key ID or zero if not configured.
cryptoCfg 2 The --initnode function must be performed before the --initEE function may be performed. --initEE Initializes the encryption engine (EE). This command generates critical security parameters (CSPs) and certificates in the CryptoModule’s security processor (SP). The CP and the SP perform a certificate exchange to register respective authorization data. Initialization must be performed on every encryption engine before configuration options may be set and encryption may be enabled.
2 cryptoCfg host IP | host_name Specifies the IP address of the host to which the file is to be exported. To specify the host by name, it must first be configured with dnsconfig. host_username Specifies the user name for the host. Depending on your host configuration, the command may prompt for a password. host_file_path -usb Specifies the fully qualified path to the file on the host to which the file is to be exported. This includes the file name.
cryptoCfg 2 host_username Specifies the user name for the host. Depending on your host configuration, this command may prompt for a password. host_file_path -usb Specifies the fully qualified path of the file to be imported. The path must include the file name. Imports a file from a mounted USB storage device. This command is valid only on nodes with an attached USB device. When -usb is specified, the following operands are required: dest_filename Specifies the name to be assigned to the imported file.
2 cryptoCfg --dhchallenge vault_IP_addr --dhresponse vault_IP_addr Establishes a link key agreement protocol between a node and an instance of the primary or backup NetApp Lifetime Key Management (LKM) appliance. This command generates the Diffie-Hellman challenge that is passed from the node to the specified NetApp LKM appliance. When quorum authentication is enabled and the quorum size is greater than zero, this operation requires authentication of a quorum of authentication cards.
cryptoCfg 2 the same username is configured on all nodes. Different encryption groups can use different usernames so long as all nodes in the group have the same username. Changing the username using -KAClogin renders the previously created keys inaccessible. When changing the username you must do the same on the key vault, and you must change the key owner for all keys of all LUNs through the SKM GUI. For downgrade considerations, refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator’s Guide.
2 cryptoCfg cryptocfg --show -groupmember -all | node_WWN cryptocfg --show -egstatus -cfg | -stat cryptocfg --sync -encgroup cryptocfg --sync -securitydb Description Use these cryptoCfg commands to create or delete an encryption group, to add or remove group member nodes, key vaults, and authentication cards, to enable or disable system cards, to enable quorum authentication and set the quorum size, to manage keys including key recovery from backup, to configure group-wide policies, and to sync the encry
cryptoCfg 2 • Additional diagnostic key vault information to facilitate troubleshooting of connectivity (For the TEMS and LKM key vaults, "Additional Primary Key Vault Information" and "Additional Secondary Key Vault Information" is displayed separately.
2 cryptoCfg • For each node, the display includes the following: - Node Name: the node WWN - State: DISCOVERED = The node is part of the encryption group. DISCOVERING = The node is in the process of discovery. - Role: GroupLeader or MemberNode - Current master key ID (or primary link key ID): Shows key ID or zero if not configured. - Alternate master key ID (or secondary link key ID): Shows key ID or zero if not configured.
cryptoCfg 2 encryption_group_name Specifies the name of the encryption group to be created. The name can be up to 15 characters long and include alphanumeric characters and underscores. White space, hyphens, and other special characters are not permitted. --delete -encgroup Deletes an encryption group with the specified name. This command is valid only on the group leader.
2 cryptoCfg --reg -KACcert Registers the signed node certificate. After being exported and signed by the external signing authority, the signed node certificate must be imported back into the node and registered for a successful two-way certificate exchange with the key vault. This command is valid only on the group leader. Registration functions need to be invoked on all the nodes in a DEK cluster for their respective signed node certificates.
cryptoCfg 2 --set -quorumsize Sets the quorum size used to authenticate functions that require a quorum of authentication cards. The default value is zero. You can set the quorum size only if the current value is zero. Note that this value is different from the recovery set size that specifies the number of recovery shares used to perform Master Key recovery. When quorum authentication is enabled (Quorum Size is > 0), this operation requires authentication of a quorum of authentication cards.
2 cryptoCfg --leave_encryption_group Clears the node's states pertaining to the node's membership in the encryption group. This command is invoked from the member node that is to be ejected from the encryption group.The node must be online (in DISCOVERED state) for this command to succeed. To remove a node that is not online (in DISCOVERING State), use --dereg -membernode.
cryptoCfg -keyID keyID 2 Specifies the master key ID. This option restores the master key from the key vault. The master key ID was returned when it was backed up to the key vault with the --exportmasterkey command. The -keyID and the -srcfile options are mutually exclusive. -srcfile filename Specifies the file name when restoring the master key from a file in the predetermined directory on the switch. Use this operand when the master key was backed up to a file rather than to a key vault.
2 cryptoCfg cryptocfg --replace [-haclustermember HA_cluster_name] current_node_WWN [slot] new_node_WWN [slot] cryptocfg --show -hacluster -all | HA_cluster_name Description Use these cryptoCfg commands to configure and manage High Availability (HA) clusters. An HA cluster consists of two encryption engines configured to host the CryptoTargets and to provide the active/standby failover and failback capabilities in a pair-wise relationship in a single fabric.
cryptoCfg 2 HA_cluster_name Specifies the name for the HA cluster. The name can be up to 31 characters long and can include alphanumeric characters, hyphens, and underscores. White space and other special characters are not permitted. This operand is required. node_WWN Specifies the WWN of the switch or chassis to which the encryption engine belongs. This operand is optional; if omitted, only the HA cluster name is defined. You may add EEs separately with the --add -haclustermember command.
2 cryptoCfg The following operands are supported with the --replace command: HA_cluster_name Specifies the HA cluster member to be replaced. The HA cluster name must be specified when this operand is used. This operand is optional. It is not needed if the encryption engine to be replaced is not part of an HA cluster. current_node_WWN [slot] Specifies the WWN of the encryption engine to be replaced. This operand is required. On bladed systems, include the encryption engine slot number.
cryptoCfg 2 cryptocfg --modify -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN [-encryption_format native | DF_compatible] [-encrypt | -cleartext] [-enable_encexistingdata | -disable_encexistingdata] [-enablerekey time_period | -disable_rekey] cryptocfg --remove -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --enable -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --create -tapepool -label pool_label | -num pool_num [-encryption_format native | DF_compatible
2 cryptoCfg Virtual devices redirect the traffic between host and target/LUN to encryption engines so they can perform cryptographic operations. To enable frame redirection, you must create a target-initiator zone prior to performing any CryptoTarget container configuration. The CryptoTarget container (CTC) and associated Crypto LUN configuration is always configured from the group leader node, and the configuration is subsequently propagated to all members in the encryption group.
cryptoCfg - LUN number: numeric ID - LUN serial number: The LUN serial number - Encryption algorithm: AES256-ECB (DF_compatible), AES256-GCM (native) or None (cleartext) - Key ID state: Read, Write, or Key ID not applicable 2 LUN type: disk or tape drive, tape medium changer, tape attached medium changer, tape offline/unknown, or unsupported/other Encryption mode: encrypt or cleartext Encryption format: (brocade) native or DF-compatible Tape policy type: pool-based, LUN-based Encrypt existing data
2 cryptoCfg • LUN type: disk, tape drive, tape medium changer, tape attached medium changer, offline/unknown, or unsupported/other • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • LUN serial number (disk only): alpha-numeric ID Encryption mode: encrypt or cleartext Encryption format: native or DF compatible Encrypt existing data: enabled or disabled Rekey: enabled or disabled LUN state: refer to the appendix in the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator’s Guide Encryption algorithm: AES256 -XTS (disk), AES256-CCM (t
cryptoCfg 2 • Number of hosts: numeric value • Number of rekey (or tape) sessions: numeric value • For each host: - Host PWWN, NWWN: host port WWN and node WWN - Host PID: host port ID - VI PWWN, NWWN: virtual initiator port WWN and node WWN - VI PID: virtual initiator port ID • Number of LUNs: numeric value • For each LUN: - LUN number: numeric value - LUN type: disk, tape drive, tape medium changer, tape attached medium changer, offline/unknown, or unsupported/other - LUN serial number: alpha-numeric
2 cryptoCfg • For each LUN: - LUN number: numeric identifier - LUN type: disk, tape drive, tape medium changer, tape attached medium changer, offline/unknown, or unsupported/other - LUN status: numeric value Encryption mode: encrypt or cleartext Encryption format: native or DF compatible Tape policy type: pool-based or LUN-based Encrypt existing data: disabled or enabled Rekey: disabled or enabled Key ID state: Read, Write, or Key ID not applicable Key life (in days): numeric value Volume/pool label: us
cryptoCfg - EE node: node WWN EE slot: Slot number Target: target port WWN and node WWN Target PID: target PID VT: virtual target port WWN and node WWN VT PID: virtual target PID Host (initiator) PWWN Host (initiator): node WWN Host (initiator) PID: hoist PID VI: virtual initiator port WWN and node WWN VI PID: virtual initiator PID LUN Number: numeric identifier LUN Serial Number: alpha-numeric identifier Percentage complete: numeric value Rekey state displays one of the following: • • • • - 2 Read Pha
2 cryptoCfg - Operation in progress. Displays one of the following: • • • • - Read Phase Write Phase HA Sync Phase LUN Cleanup VI: virtual initiator port WWN and node WWN VI PID: virtual initiator PID Number of blocks: numeric value Block size: numeric value (in KB) Size of the LUN (in bytes) Current logical block address (LBA) being processed Rekey Role: Primary Or Backup Use the --show -tape_sessions command to display all tape sessions in progress on the local node or for a specific container.
cryptoCfg 2 beginning with 0 to an octal, which results in a conversion error. For example, 035 is interpreted as 29 (decimal), or 0x1D hex, or 00:1D:00:00:00:00:00:00. To ensure correct conversion to decimal notation, use the recommended Hex formats or make sure to remove preceding zeros from decimal input.
2 cryptoCfg initiator_NWWN Specifies the initiator node WWN. --delete -container Deletes a specified CTC. This command removes the virtual target and associated LUNs from the fabric. Before issuing this command, you must stop all traffic to the target port for which the CTC is being deleted. Failure to do so results in I/O failure between the initiators and that target Port. This command is valid only on the group leader.
cryptoCfg 2 This command is valid only on the group leader. The following operands are required when adding an initiator to a CTC: crypto_target_container_name Specifies the name of the CTC to which the initiators should be added. initiator_PWWN Specifies the initiator port WWN. initiator_NWWN Specifies the initiator node WWN. --remove -initiator Removes an initiator from the specified CTC. This command is valid only on the group leader.
2 cryptoCfg LUN policies are configured per HA or DEK cluster. For multi-path LUNs exposed through multiple target ports and thus configured on multiple CTCs on different EEs in an HA cluster or DEK cluster, the same LUN policies must be configured. Refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator’s Guide for more information. The following LUN policy parameters can be optionally set: -lunstate encrypted | cleartext Sets the encryption state of a specified disk LUN.
cryptoCfg 2 -key_lifespan time_in_days | none Specifies the lifespan of the encryption key in days. The key will expire after the specified number of days. Accepted values are integers from 1 to 2982616. The default value is none, which means, the key does not expire. This operand is valid only for tape LUNs. The key lifespan cannot be modified after it is set. -newLUN --modify -LUN Indicates that the LUN created does not contain any user data and will be part of a replication configuration.
2 cryptoCfg • Exercise caution when modifying policy parameters while tape sessions are in progress. For information on the impact of encryption policy changes while tape sessions are in progress, refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator’s Guide. --remove -LUN Removes a LUN from a specified CTC. You must stop all traffic to the LUN from all initiators accessing the LUN you are removing from the CTC. Failure to do so results in I/O failure between the initiators and the LUN.
cryptoCfg 2 -label pool_label | -num pool_num Specifies the tape pool volume label or alternately the tape pool ID. This is a user-defined identifier, which must be unique within the encryption group and should match the tape pool label or ID that is configured on the tape backup application. The tape pool label can consist of any combination of characters. When using white space, you must enclose the tape pool label in double quotation marks. The maximum size is 64 bytes. This operand is required.
2 cryptoCfg --manual_rekey Performs a manual rekeying of a specified LUN associated with a specified CTC. Manual rekeying is performed in both online and offline fashion depending on whether or not the host is online or host I/O is present. If any policy-based rekeying operation is currently in progress, this command aborts with a warning message. This command is valid only on the group leader.
cryptoCfg 2 crypto_target_container_name Displays information for the specified CryptoTarget container. If the -stat parameter is specified with this operand, the CTC must be hosted on the local node. -cfg Displays the configuration for the specified CTC. -stat Displays the runtime status for the specified CTC. --show -tapepool Displays configuration information for specified tape pools when used with the -cfg option.
2 cryptoCfg -all Displays runtime information for all tape sessions in progress on the local node. crypto_target_container_name Displays runtime information for all tape sessions in progress for a specified CryptoTarget container. --clearstats -container Clears compressed or uncompressed blocks and/or byte counters for the specified containers. Specify one of the following operands: -all Clears blocks and/or byte counters for all CryptoTarget tape containers.
cryptoCfg Operands 2 The cryptoCfg transaction management function has the following operands: --help transcfg Displays the synopsis for the transaction management function. --commit Commits the transaction. This command saves the defined configuration to nonvolatile storage. Changes are persistent across reboots and power cycles. This command overwrites existing configuration parameters and therefore prompts for confirmation.
2 cryptoCfg Operands This command has the following operands: --help -decommission Displays the command usage help for the device decommissioning commands. --decommission Decommissions a disk LUN hosted in a specified container as seen from the initiator. You must issue this command from the node that hosts the container. Upon successful completion of a decommissioning operation, the LUN is deleted from all the containers hosting it.
cryptoCfg 2 Notify SPM of Node Cfg Operation succeeded. To initialize an encryption engine: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --initEE This will overwrite previously generated identification and authentication data ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): y Operation succeeded. To register an encryption engine with the CP or chassis: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg -regEE Operation succeeded. To enable an encryption engine: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --enableEE Operation succeeded.
2 cryptoCfg Operation succeeded. To zeroize all critical security parameters on an encryption switch: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --zeroizeEE This will zeroize all critical security parameters ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no]y Operation succeeded. To delete a file from the local node: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --delete -file /etc/fabos/certs/sw0/foo.pem This will permanently delete the selected file.
cryptoCfg 2 Remote EE Reachability : Node WWN/Slot 10:00:00:05:1e:54:22:36/0 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/1 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/3 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/10 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/12 (output truncated) EE IP Addr 10.32.72.62 10.32.72.104 10.32.72.105 10.32.72.106 10.32.72.
2 cryptoCfg Master key generated. The master key should be exported before further operations are performed. To export the master key to the RKM key vault: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --exportmasterkey Enter the passphrase: passphrase Master key exported. Key ID: 8f:88:45:32:8e:bf:eb:44:c4:bc:aa:2a:c1:69:94:2 To export the master key to a file: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --exportmasterkey -file Enter the passphrase: passphrase Master key file generated.
cryptoCfg Additional Secondary Key Vault Information: Key Vault/CA Certificate Validity: Port for Key Vault Connection: Time of Day on Key Server: Server SDK Version: 2 Yes 32579 N/A N/A Encryption Node (Key Vault Client) Information: Node KAC Certificate Validity: Yes Time of Day on the Switch: Fri Jan 29 23:01:55.205779 GMT 2010 Client SDK Version: OpenKey Reference Lib 2.0.
2 cryptoCfg SP state: Online To display the encryption group member information: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --show -groupmember -all NODE LIST Total Number of defined nodes:2 Group Leader Node Name: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e Encryption Group state: CLUSTER_STATE_CONVERGED Node Name: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e (current node) State: DEF_NODE_STATE_DISCOVERED Role: GroupLeader IP Address: 10.32.244.71 Certificate: GL_cpcert.
cryptoCfg 2 To display existing HA clusters in the encryption group "brocade".
2 cryptoCfg Operation Succeeded To view the changes: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -hacluster -all Encryption Group Name: brocade_1 Number of HA Clusters: 1 HA cluster name: HAC2 - 1 EE entry Status: Defined WWN Slot Number 10:00:00:05:1e:39:53:67 0 Status Online To initiate a manual failback of an encryption engine: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --failback -EE 10:00:00:05:1e:39:53:67 0 22:00:00:04:cf:6e:57:62 Operation Succeeded E. Storage device configuration 1.
cryptoCfg 2 FabricAdmin:switch> cfgcreate itcfg, itzone FabricAdmin:switch> cfgenable itcfg You are about to enable a new zoning configuration. This action will replace the old zoning configuration with the current configuration selected. Do you want to enable 'itcfg' configuration (yes, y, no, n): [no] y zone config"itcfg" is in effect Updating flash ... 2. Create a disk CryptoTarget container to be hosted on the encryption engine.
2 cryptoCfg Operation Succeeded 8. Display Crypto LUN runtime status.
cryptoCfg 2 Note that a frame redirection zone has been created automatically to route traffic between host, VT, VI and target, VI, VT.
2 cryptoCfg FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -tapepool -all Tape pool label: Key life: Encryption mode: Encryption format: Configuration status: tpool.00001 0 (minute) encrypt native committed(2) Tape pool label: Key life: Encryption mode: Encryption format: Configuration status: tpool.
cryptoCfg VI: LUN number: LUN type: LUN status: Encryption mode: Encryption format: Encrypt existing data: Rekey: Key ID: Key life: Rekey status: Operation Succeeded 2 20:36:00:05:1e:53:74:fd 20:37:00:05:1e:53:74:fd 0x0 disk 0 encrypt native enabled enabled not available 3000 (minute) 0 To display all tape sessions in progress on the local node: FabricAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --show -tape_sessions -all Number of tape session(s): 2 Container name: apps92 EE node: 10:00:00:05:1e:43:ee:00 EE slot: 2 Target:
2 cryptoCfg uuid = b7e07a6a-db64-40c2-883a-0bc6c4e923e6 3. Manually delete the keys from the vault This step requires accessing the Key Vault GUI and deleting the keys manually. 4. Delete the key IDs from the internal cache. switch:admin> cryptocfg --delete -decommissionedkeyids operation succeeded.
dataTypeShow 2 dataTypeShow Displays sample data stream types used in some diagnostic commands. Synopsis datatypeshow [-seed value] Description Use this command to display sample data stream types used in diagnostic commands. There are 20 different sample data types. The command displays an example of each data stream. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 date date Displays or sets the switch date and time. Synopsis Description date [“newdate”] Use this command to display or set the date and time. All switches maintain current date and time in flash memory. Date and time are used for logging events. Normal switch operation does not depend on the date and time; a switch with incorrect date values continues to function properly. This command sets a common date and time for the entire fabric.
date Examples 2 To display the current date and time and then modify it: switch:admin> date Fri Jan 29 17:01:48 UTC 2007 switch:admin> date "0227123007" Thu Feb 27 12:30:00 UTC 2007 See Also errShow, ficonCupSet, ficonCupShow, portLogShow, tsClockServer, tsTimeZone, upTime Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 199
2 dbgShow dbgShow Displays current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. Synopsis Description Note Operands dbgshow [module_name] Use this command to display the current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. If no module name is specified, displays debug and verbosity levels of all modules. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
defZone 2 defZone Sets or displays the default zone access mode. Synopsis Description defzone [--noaccess | --allaccess | --show] Use this command to display or set the Default Zone access mode. Setting the Default Zone mode initializes a zoning transaction (if one is not already in progress), and create reserved zoning objects. A default zone controls device access when zoning is not enabled.
2 defZone --allaccess Sets the default zone access mode to All Access, initiates a zoning transaction (if one is not already in progress), and deletes the reserved zoning objects by performing the equivalent to the following zoning commands: cfgDelete “d_efault_Cfg” zoneDelete “d_efault_Zone” A cfgSave, cfgEnable, or cfgDisable command must be performed subsequent to the use of this command to commit the changes and distribute them to the fabric.
diagClearError 2 diagClearError Clears the diagnostics failure status. Synopsis Description Note Operands diagclearerror [[--slot] slot] -all Use this command to clear the diagnostics failure status. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 diagDisablePost diagDisablePost Disables the power-on self-test (POST). Synopsis Description Note diagdisablepost Use this command to disable POST. A reboot is not required for this command to take effect. Use the diagPost command to display the current POST status, and use diagEnablePost to enable POST. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
diagEnablePost 2 diagEnablePost Enables the power-on self-test (POST). Synopsis Description diagenablepost Use this command to enable POST. A reboot is not required for this command to take effect. POST includes two phases: POST Phase I mainly tests hardware and POST Phase II tests system functionality. Use the diagPost command to display the current POST status, and use diagDisablePost to disable POST.
2 diagHelp diagHelp Displays diagnostic command information. Synopsis Description diaghelp Use this command to display a short description of diagnostic commands. Use default operands when running diagnostics commands. Non-default settings require detailed knowledge of the underlying hardware and are intended for support personnel only. Contact support if you want to use these operands. Note The diagHelp command displays diagnostic commands that may not be available.
diagPost 2 diagPost Sets or displays diagnostic POST configuration. Synopsis Description Note diagpost Use this command to display the current POST configuration. Use diagEnablePost or diagDisablePost to modify the POST configuration. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 diagRetry diagRetry Sets or displays diagnostic retry mode. Synopsis Description diagretry [mode | -show] Use this command to enable retry mode if the mode value is nonzero and to disable the retry mode if the mode value is 0. The mode is saved in flash memory (and stays in that mode) until the next execution of diagRetry. The mode becomes active as soon as this command is executed; it does not require a reboot to take effect.
diagShow 2 diagShow Displays diagnostics status. Synopsis Description Note Operands Examples diagshow [--slot number][-uports itemlist][-bports itemlist][-use_bports value] Use this command to display the diagnostics status for the specified list of blade or user ports. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 dbgShow dbgShow Displays current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. Synopsis Description Note Operands dbgshow module_name Use this command to display the current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. If no module name is specified, displays debug and verbosity levels of all modules. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
distribute 2 distribute Distributes data to switches in a fabric. Synopsis Description distribute -p policy_list -d switch_list Use this command to distribute data to a specified list of switches in the fabric.
2 distribute To distribute the FCS policy, and the Password database to all domains in the fabric that support the distribute feature: switch:admin> distribute -p “FCS;PWD” -d "*" To distribute the AUTH and FCS policies to all switches in the fabric that run Fabric OS v5.3.
dlsReset 2 dlsReset Disables Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) . Synopsis Description dlsreset Use this command to disable Dynamic Load Sharing. If DLS is turned off, load sharing calculations are used only to place new routes. Once placed, existing routes are never moved from one output E_Port to another, unless the original output E_Port is no longer a recognized path to the remote domain. Optimal balance is rarely achieved with this setting.
2 dlsSet dlsSet Enables Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) without frame loss. Synopsis dlsset dlsset --enable -lossless dlsset --disable -lossless dlsset --help Description Use this command to enable or disable Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) in the event of a fabric change, to configure DLS without frame loss, and to display the DLS configuration.
dlsSet 2 The Lossless feature is supported only on the Brocade DCX and DCX-4S chassis with 8G blades (FC ports only), and on the Brocade 300, 5100, 5300 and 7800 switches. On the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24, the Lossless feature is supported only on FC ports. On unsupported platforms, this command exits with an appropriate message. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 dlsSet switch:admin> dlssshow DLS is set by default with current routing policy DLS configuration commands on a switch with a port-based policy: switch:admin> dlsshow DLS is set by default with current routing policy DLS is set with Lossless enabled switch:admin> dlsreset DLS is not set switch:admin> dlsshow DLS is not set switch:admin> dlsset --enable -lossless DLS and Lossless are set switch:admin> dlsshow DLS is set with Lossless enabled switch:admin> dlsset Lossless is set (unchanged) switch:admin>
dlsShow 2 dlsShow Displays the setting of the dynamic load sharing (DLS) option. Synopsis Description dlsshow Use this command to display information about Dynamic Load Sharing configuration settings on the switch. Depending on the configuration, the command output displays one of the following messages: DLS is set. DLS is enabled without the lossless feature. Load sharing is reconfigured with every change in the fabric, and existing routes can be moved to maintain optimal balance.
2 dnsConfig dnsConfig Sets, displays, or removes domain name service (DNS) parameters. Synopsis Description dnsconfig Use this command to display, set, or remove the domain name service parameters. The domain name service parameters are the domain name and the name server IP address for primary and secondary name servers. The dnsconfig command displays IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
enclosureShow 2 enclosureShow Displays attributes of the switch enclosure. Synopsis Description enclosureshow attribute Use this command to display attributes of the switch enclosure, including the vendor-specific enclosure identifier and the identifier of the enclosure interface to which the switch is attached. This command applies to products that are embedded in a blade server or storage chassis. Most options are platform-specific.
2 errClear errClear Clears all error log messages for all switch instances on this control processor (CP). Synopsis errclear Description Use this command to clear all internal and external error log messages for all switch instances on the CP where the command is executed. For products with a single processor, all error log messages are cleared. For products that contain multiple processors, this command can be executed on either control processor.
errDelimiterSet 2 errDelimiterSet Sets the error log start and end delimiters for messages sent to the console and syslog. Synopsis Description errdelimiterset [-s "start delimiter string"][-e "end delimiter string"] Use this command to set the error log start and end delimiters for log messages sent to the console and syslog. An empty string clears the start and the end delimiters (including the colon) so that they are not displayed.
2 errDump errDump Displays the error log without pagination. Synopsis Description errdump [-a |-r ] Use this command to dump external error log messages without any page breaks. When executed without operands, this command prints all error messages for the logical switch context in which the command is executed. When used with the -a option, the command prints the error messages for the entire chassis. The messages are dumped to the console without page breaks.
errDump 2 2008/08/25-10:13:41, [ZONE-1022], 9037, CHASSIS, INFO, Spir_67, The effective configuration has changed to meh. 2008/08/25-11:35:04, [FABR-1001], 9041, CHASSIS, WARNING, Spir_67, port 0, incompatible Long distance mode.
2 errFilterSet errFilterSet Sets a filter for an error log destination. Synopsis Description errfilterset [-d “destination"][-v severity] Use this command to set a filter for an error log destination. A filter is set based on the severity level of the messages. If no parameters are specified, this command displays the filters that are currently in use. Note Operands Examples The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
errModuleShow 2 errModuleShow Displays all the defined error log modules. Synopsis Description Note errmoduleshow Use this command to display a list of all defined error log modules. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 errShow errShow Displays the error log messages with pagination. Synopsis Description errshow [-a |-r ] Use this command to display external error log messages one at a time. When executed without operands, this command prints the error messages for the logical switch context in which the command is executed. When used with the -a option, the command prints the error messages for the entire chassis. The messages are displayed with page breaks. The -r operand displays the messages in reversed order.
errShow 2 2008/08/25-10:13:41, [ZONE-1022], 9037, CHASSIS, INFO, Spir_67, The effective configuration has changed to meh. [Type to continue, Q to stop: 2008/08/25-11:35:04, [FABR-1001], 9041, CHASSIS, WARNING, Spir_67, port 0, incompatible Long distance mode.
2 exit exit Logs out from a shell session. Synopsis Description exit Use this command to log out from a Telnet, SSH, rlogin or serial port session. Telnet and rlogin connections are closed; the serial port returns to the login: prompt. The exit command is an accepted synonym for logout, as is typing Ctrl-D at the beginning of a line. Operands none Examples To exit from a shell session: switch:admin> exit Connection to host lost.
fabPortShow 2 fabPortShow Displays fabric port information. Synopsis Description fabportshow [slot/]port Use this command to display the state of a port relative to the fabric and a list of pending commands. The following information is displayed: Port The port number.
2 fabPortShow 0x00000800 Zoning has completed 0x00001000 Segmented by Platform Management 0x00002000 Segmented due to no license 0x00004000 Segmented due to E_Port disabling 0x00008000 DIA already sent for that port 0x00010000 RDI already sent 0x00020000 Port is true T port 0x00040000 Port received an ELP 0x00080000 Port received an ELP RJT 0x00100000 LR pending due to ELP RJT rcv 0x00200000 Received a DIA on this port 0x00400000 Port is the EMT Initiator 0x00800000 Security viola
fabPortShow Operands Examples 2 This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to display, followed by a slash (/). port Specifies the port number to display, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow to list valid ports.
2 fabRetryShow fabRetryShow Displays the retry count of the fabric commands. Synopsis Description Note Use this command to display the retry count of the fabric commands.
fabricLog 2 fabricLog Displays (all users) or manipulates (admin) the fabric log. Synopsis fabriclog -s | --show fabriclog -c | --clear fabriclog -d | --disable fabriclog -e | --enable fabriclog -r size | --resize size fabriclog -h | --help Description Note Operands Use this command to display, clear, disable, enable, or resize the fabric log. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 fabricLog 01:08:53.066 *Removing all nodes from port 01:08:53.066 SCN Port Offline;g=0x40 01:08:53.068 *Removing all nodes from port 01:08:53.068 *Snd slv port (1) (-1) (2) 01:08:53.068 SCN Port Offline;g=0x42 01:08:53.072 *Removing all nodes from port 01:08:53.
fabricPrincipal 2 fabricPrincipal Sets the principal switch selection mode. Synopsis fabricprincipal --help|-h fabricprincipal [--show|-q] fabricprincipal --enable [-priority|-p priority] [-force|-f] fabricprincipal --disable fabricprincipal [-f] mode Description Use this command to set principal switch selection mode for a switch and to set priorities for principal switch selection.
2 fabricPrincipal 0x02 Switch was principal prior to sending or receiving a build fabric (BF) request. This value is generated by the switch to initiate a fabric reconfiguration. This value cannot be assigned. 0x3 - 0xFE Priority value range. Choose a value in this range to indicate priority. Higher numbers mean lower priority. 0xFF Switch is not capable of acting as a principal switch. This is a user-defined value. Use --enable with a new priority to revert to this condition.
2 fabricShow fabricShow Displays fabric membership information. Synopsis fabricshow [-membership | -chassis ] fabricshow -help Description Use this command to display information about switches in the fabric. If the switch is initializing or is disabled, the message “no fabric” is displayed. In a mixed fabric, fabricshow must be executed on a switch that runs Fabric OS v5.3.
2 fabricShow ------------------------------------------------------------------------64: fffc40 10:00:00:60:69:00:06:56 192.168.64.59 192.168.65.59 "sw5" 65: fffc41 10:00:00:60:69:00:02:0b 192.168.64.180 192.168.65.180 >"sw180" 66: fffc42 10:00:00:60:69:00:05:91 192.168.64.60 192.168.65.60 "sw60" 67: fffc43 10:00:00:60:69:10:60:1f 192.168.64.187 0.0.0.
fabStatsShow 2 fabStatsShow Displays fabric statistics. Synopsis Description fabstatsshow Use this command to display statistics for the fabric.
2 fabStatsShow Examples To display the fabric statistics: switch:admin> fabstatsshow Description --------------------------Domain ID forcibly changed: E_Port offline transitions: Reconfigurations: Segmentations due to: Loopback: Incompatibility: Overlap: Zoning: E_Port Segment: Licensing: Disabled E_Port: Platform DB: Sec Incompatibility: Sec Violation: ECP Error: Duplicate WWN: Eport Isolated: AD header conflict: DomainID offset conflict: McData SafeZone conflict: VF AD conflict: MSFR/RD H&T WWN conflic
fanDisable 2 fanDisable Disables a fan unit. Synopsis Description Notes fandisable unit Use this command to disable a nonfaulty fan unit by setting the RPM speed to 0. This command is not available on nonbladed systems except for the Brocade 4100, 4900, and 5300. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fanEnable fanEnable Enables a fan unit. Synopsis Description Notes fanenable unit Use this command to set a previously disabled fan unit back to the default RPM speed. This command is not available on nonbladed systems except for the Brocade 4100, 4900, and 5300. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fanShow 2 fanShow Displays fan status and speed. Synopsis Description fanshow Use this command to display the current status and speed of each fan in the system. Fan status is displayed as: OK Fan is functioning correctly. absent Fan is not present. below minimum Fan is present but rotating too slowly or stopped. above minimum Fan is rotating too quickly. unknown Unknown fan unit installed. faulty Fan has exceeded hardware tolerance and has stopped.
2 fastBoot fastBoot Reboots the Control Processor (CP), bypassing the Power-On Self-Tests (POST). Synopsis Description fastboot Use this command to perform a “cold reboot” (power off/restart) of the control processor bypassing POST when the system comes back up. Bypassing POST can reduce boot time significantly. If POST was previously disabled using the diagDisablePost command, then fastBoot is the same as reBoot.
fastBoot 2 To reboot a DCX without executing POST on startup (in the following example HA is enabled): switch:admin> fastboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. Are you sure you want to reboot the active CP [y/n]? y Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Sun Feb 28 19:49:45 2010...
2 fastWriteCfg fastWriteCfg Enables or disables the FC Fastwrite feature. Synopsis fastwritecfg --enable | --disable [slot] fastwritecfg --show Description Notes Use this command to configure FC FastWrite on a blade in a given slot. FastWrite minimizes storage latency and improves the number of write transactions per second over long distances. A blade can be configured either to support FC FastWrite or FCIP (default supported when FC FastWrite is disabled).
fastWriteCfg 2 To disable FC FastWrite: switch:admin> fastwritecfg --disable 7 !!!! WARNING !!!! Disabling this feature requires power-cycling of the affected blade to take effect and may take up to 5 minutes to complete. Non-bladed switches will be rebooted. In all cases, data traffic on all the ports (FC and GbE) of the blade will be disrupted.
2 fcipChipTest fcipChipTest Tests functionality of components in the FCIP complex. Synopsis Description Notes fcipchiptest [--slot slot][-testtype type][-unit number] Use this command to verify the internal registers and memory of the network processor, FCIP FPGA, compression processor, and GigPHY. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fcipChipTest Diagnostics 2 When a failure is detected, the test might report one or more of the following error messages: CHIP_TEST_ERR CHIP_TEST_CHIP_INIT_ERR CHIP_TEST_IMAGE_VER_ERR CHIP_TEST_TIMEOUT_ERR CHIP_TEST_HEARBEAT_ERR CHIP_TEST_INVALID_RESULT See Also fcipPathTest Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 249
2 fcipHelp fcipHelp Displays FCIP command information. Synopsis Description Note fciphelp Use this command to display a listing of Fibre Channel over IP (FCIP) commands with short descriptions for each command. FCIP commands require an FCIP license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fcipLedTest 2 fcipLedTest Exercises the GbE port LEDS on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24. Synopsis Description fcipledtest [slot | all] Use this command to exercise the GbE port LEDs on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24. This test cycles through the port LEDs by lighting GREEN and then flashing GREEN on all ports for 3 seconds. As the test continues the ports turn AMBER and then flashing AMBER for 3 seconds. The LEDs turn off when the test has finished. You must disable the switch before running this command.
2 fcipPathTest fcipPathTest Tests the data path of the FCIP complex. Synopsis fcippathtest [--slot slot][-lb_mode mode][-nframes count] fcippathtest [--slot slot][-unit number][-path mode][-nframes count][-length data_length] [-compress mode] Description Use this command to verify the data paths in the FCIP complex. All data path modes run tests by comparing Fibre Channel frames or data packets transmitted from and received by the network processor due to the designated loopback.
fcipPathTest 5 Central ASIC FC loopback 7 SFP and central ASIC FC loopback 8 PHY and central ASIC FC loopback 9 FCIP FPGA GMAC and central ASIC FC loopback -nframes count 2 Specifies the number of frames to send. The test progresses until the specified number of frames are transmitted on each port. The default value is 100 (Brocade 7500/FR4-18i and Brocade 7800/FX8-24). -length data_length Specifies the data length of the frames used in the test (Brocade 7500/FR4-18i only).
2 fcLunQuery fcLunQuery Displays a list of LUN IDs and LUNs for all accessible targets. Synopsis Description Notes Operands Examples fclunquery [-w wwn | -s] Use this command to display a list of LUN IDs and LUNs for all accessible targets. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
FCoE 2 FCoE Manages and displays FCoE configuration. Synopsis fcoe --cfgshow [[slot]port] fcoe --disable [slot]port fcoe --enable [slot]port fcoe --loginshow [[slot]port] fcoe --fcmapset -vlan vid fcmapid fcoe --fcmapunset -vlan vid fcoe --fipcfg -advintvl intvl fcoe --fipcfgshow fcoe --resetlogin [-teport slot/port | -device wwn ] fcoe --help Description Use this command to configure and display the status of FCoE ports, FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), and FCMAP settings.
2 FCoE --fcmapunset -vlan vid --fipcfg -advintvl intvl Examples Unsets the FCMAP for a specified VLAN. Devices previously logged in are disconnected. Specifies the VLAN ID for which the FCMAP is unset. Configures FIP multicast advertisement intervals. Specifies the interval in seconds. The minimum interval value is 0 and the maximum value is 90. A value of 0 cancels the previous advertisement interval value. A value of 1 to 90 is valid for changing the interval.
FCoE 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 851600 851700 851800 851900 851a00 851b00 851c00 851d00 851e00 851f00 ----------- 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-P
2 FCoE To display FIP and FCMAP configurations on the Brocade 8000: switch:admin> fcoe --fipcfgshow FIP Unsolicited Advertisement Interval = 0 ======================================== VLAN fcmap ======================================== 5 0xefc00 [Default fcmap] ======================================== To display devices logged into FCoE port 2/0on the Brocade FCoE10-24: switch:admin> fcoe --loginshow 2/0 Number of connected devices: 1 ================================================================ Peer
fcoeLoginCfg 2 fcoeLoginCfg Manages or displays the FCoE login configuration.
2 fcoeLoginCfg Examples --enable Enables the FCoE login configuration management on the switch. This allows only configured Enode VN_Ports to log in. Use the fcoeLoginGroup command to configure allowed Enode VN_Ports. --disable Disables the FCoE login configuration management on the switch. This allows unrestricted login on Enode V_Ports.
fcoeLoginGroup 2 fcoeLoginGroup Creates and manages FCoE login group configuration. Synopsis fcoelogingroup --create lgname -self |-switch swwn [-allowall | member[;member] ... fcoelogingroup --delete lgname fcoelogingroup --add lgname member[;member] ... fcoelogingroup --remove lgname wwn fcoelogingroup --rename lgname newlgname fcoelogingroup --help Description Notes Use this command to create or modify the FCoE login management configuration fabric-wide.
2 fcoeLoginGroup member --remove Removes VN_Port devices from the login group. lgname Specifies the name of the login group from which VN_Port devices are to be removed. wwn Identifies the WWN of the VN_Port. The WWN must be specified in hex format as xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.x. Only specified members are allowed to log into the switch. --rename Examples Identifies the WWN of the VN_Port. The WWN must be specified in hex as xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.
fcPing 2 fcPing Sends a Fibre Channel Extended Link Service (ELS) Echo request to a pair of ports or to a single destination, or executes a SuperPing.
2 fcPing The execution of SuperPing requires that all switches in the fabric run Fabric OS v6.4.0 or later. For switches running earlier versions of Fabric OS, the collected data is incomplete. If a fabric reconfiguration occurs while SuperPing is in progress, the command reports an error message. Exit the command and rerun the test after the fabric becomes stable again. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
fcPing 2 for a destination without any other options, SuperPing covers all ISLs in the routes between source to destination but does exercise all possible combinations of end-to-end paths. This operand is required when executing fcPing as SuperPing. The following operands are optional and valid only with the --allpaths option: -printisl Displays statistical data for each ISL and internal port along the paths traversed by SuperPing. This information displays in addition to the path display.
2 fcPing To display one device that accepts the request and another device that does not respond to the request: switch:admin> fcping 0x020800 22:00:00:04:cf:75:63:85 Source: 0x20800 Destination: 22:00:00:04:cf:75:63:85 Zone Check: Zoned Pinging 0x20800 with 12 bytes of data: received reply from 0x20800: 12 bytes time:1159 usec received reply from 0x20800: 12 bytes time:1006 usec received reply from 0x20800: 12 bytes time:1008 usec received reply from 0x20800: 12 bytes time:1038 usec received reply from 0
fcPing 2 N 370501; 3;10:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b8;20:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b8; na FC4s: FCP NodeSymb: [44] "Emulex LP1050 FV1.81A1 DV5-5.
2 fcPing To execute a SuperPing and print statistical coverage of each ISL and internal port along the potential paths: In the following example a few errors are recorded on the ISLs 3/205->2/25, 3/204->2/27, 2/42->101/3 and 2/1->101/8. But the internal port analyis shows that errors are recorded on the internal port 0/284 in domain 2, which is the potential faulty link.
fcPing 2 ISL COVERAGE ------------SNO ISL STATUS ---------------------------------------------------1 ( 3/205-->207/25 ) SUCCESS(4025/4025) 2 ( 3/204-->207/27 ) SUCCESS(5/5) 3 (207/42 -->101/3 ) SUCCESS(4030/4030) 4 (101/16 -->165/99 ) SUCCESS(4030/4030) INTERNAL PORT COVERAGE ----------------------SNO DOMAIN INTRNL_PORT STATUS ----------------------------------------- See Also ping Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 269
2 fcpLogClear fcpLogClear Clears the FCPD debug information log. Synopsis Description Note fcplogclear Use this command to clear the debug information logged by the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD). The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fcpLogDisable 2 fcpLogDisable Disables the FCPD debug information log (debug command). Synopsis Description Note fcplogdisable Use this command to disable the logging of debug information by the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD). The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fcpLogEnable fcpLogEnable Enables the FCPD debug information log (debug command). Synopsis Description Note fcplogenable Use this command to enable Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) logging. Debug information logging is enabled by default. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fcpLogShow 2 fcpLogShow Displays the FCPD debug information log (debug command). Synopsis Description Note fcplogshow Use this command to display the debug information logged at various stages during the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) device probing. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fcpProbeShow fcpProbeShow Displays the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) probe information. Synopsis fcpprobeshow [slot/]port Description Use this command to display the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) device probing information for the devices attached to the specified F_Port or FL_Port. This information includes the number of successful logins and SCSI INQUIRY commands sent over this port and a list of the attached devices.
fcpRlsShow 2 fcpRlsShow Displays the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) Read Link Status (RLS) information. Synopsis Description fcprlsshow [slot/]port Use this command to display the FCP RLS information for an F_Port or FL_Port. This information describes the number of loss-of-signal, loss-of-sync, CRC errors, and other failure events detected on the specified port.
2 fcrBcastConfig fcrBcastConfig Displays or sets the broadcast frame forwarding option. Synopsis fcrbcastconfig --show fcrbcastconfig --enable -f fabric id fcrbcastconfig --disable -f fabric id fcrbcastconfig --help Description Note Operands Use this command to enable or disable the broadcast frame option or to display the current configuration. If no operands are specified, this command displays the usage. By default, frame forward option is disabled.
fcrBcastConfig 2 To display the new configuration: switch:admin> fcrbcastconfig --show Broadcast configuration is enabled for FID: 2 128 See Also bcastshow, portRouteShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 277
2 fcrChipTest fcrChipTest Tests the functionality of FC Router FPGA. Synopsis Description fcrchiptest [--slot slot] [-unit number] [-testtype type] Use this command to test the FC Router Field-programmable gate array (FPGA). This test verifies that all SRAM and register data bits in each ASIC can be independently written and read successfully. The method used is to write a walking 1 pattern to each location.
fcrChipTest Examples 2 To run all tests on slot 7 and FC Router FPGA 1: switch:admin> fcrchiptest --slot 7 -unit 1 -testtype 0 Running fcrchiptest .............. Test Complete: fcrchiptest Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 hr, 0 min & 4 sec (0:0:4:351). passed.
2 fcrConfigure fcrConfigure Sets FC Router configuration parameters. Synopsis Description fcrconfigure Use this command to configure the FC Router parameters for this platform. This is an interactive command. This command cannot execute on a system with the FC Router feature enabled. First disable FC routing by using fosConfig or disable the switch with switchDisable. Note Operands The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
fcrEdgeshow 2 fcrEdgeshow Displays the FIDs of all configured EX_Ports. Synopsis fcredgeshow fcredgeshow [-fid FabricID] fcredgeshow --help Description Use this command without operand to display information about all Fabric IDs (FIDs) that have been created on the chassis and are assigned to EX_Ports. When a FID is specified, fcredgeshow displays information for all EX_Ports configured with the specified FID. For each FID, the command output includes the following: FID Fabric ID of the EX_Port.
2 fcrEdgeshow To display a FID for which no EX_Ports are configured: switch:admin> fcredgeshow -fid 29 No EX-ports with FID 29 See Also 282 fcrPhyDevShow, fcrProxyDevShow, fcrRouteShow, lsanZoneShow, switchShow, fcrfabricshow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
fcrFabricShow 2 fcrFabricShow Displays the FC Routers on a backbone fabric. Synopsis Description fcrfabricshow Use this command to display information about FC Routers that exist in an FC Router backbone fabric. The existing syntax is maintained for IPv6 support. When IPv6 addresses are not configured, the output of fcrFabricShow displays the IPv4 format. The message "No active FC Routers found" is displayed if no active FC Routers are present on the backbone fabric.
2 fcrFabricShow FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:51:67, Dom ID: 5, Info: 10.33.36.96, "Scimitar" EX_Port FID Neighbor Switch Info (enet IP, WWN, name) -----------------------------------------------------------------------151 2 10.33.35.80 10:00:00:05:1e:38:01:e7 "B10_3"* FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:a6:7e, Dom ID: 1, Info: 10.32.66.210, 210::10:32:66:210 "Neptune210" EX_Port FID Neighbor Switch Info (enet IP, WWN, name) -----------------------------------------------------------------------17 76 10.
fcrlSan 2 fcrlSan Configures and displays LSAN policies. Synopsis fcrlsan fcrlsan --add -enforce tag | -speed tag fcrlsan --remove -enforce tag | -speed tag fcrlsan --show -enforce | -speed | all fcrlsan --help Description Use this command to add or remove LSAN tags, or to display existing tags in the configuration. LSAN tagging optimizes an FC router's behavior based on a specified subset of LSANS.
2 fcrlSan Examples --show Displays the specified tag from the LSAN tag configuration. --help Displays the command usage. -enforce tag Accepts only the LSANs from the edge fabric that matches the specified tag string into the local FCR database. A valid tag is a string of a maximum of eight characters. The maximum configurable enforced tags is eight. -speed tag Allows the FCR to always import these target devices to the hosts specified in the LSANs that match the speed tag.
fcrLsanCount 2 fcrLsanCount Displays or sets the maximum LSAN count. Synopsis Description fcrlsancount [max-lsan-count] Use this command to set or display the maximum number of LSAN zones that can be configured on the edge fabric. By default, the maximum LSAN count is set to 3000, which is also the minimum. This command lets you create more LSANs on your edge fabric, up to 5000, if needed to support additional devices. The maximum number of supported LSAN devices is 10,000.
2 fcrLsanMatrix fcrLsanMatrix Creates, edits and displays LSAN fabric or FCR matrix information, which binds the LSAN Zone and device database information to specified edge fabric IDs or FCRs.
fcrLsanMatrix • • • • 2 Display the information saved in the cache. Clear the information from the cache and revert to the saved value. Display the information that is saved in the persistent memory (CLI command with no option). Display the static and default/dynamic binding of the backbone to show which edge fabrics or FCRs can access each other. • Verify that the information in the cache is valid and does not disrupt existing import/export devices.
2 fcrLsanMatrix Examples For the following example, assume that the backbone has the following online edge fabrics (FIDs): 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 (currently, 14, 19 are not available).
fcrLsanMatrix 52 10:32:16:90:28:dd:d0:03 52 10:32:16:91:24:dd:d0:07 52 10:32:16:91:25:dd:d0:06 78 10:00:00:06:2b:0d:29:31 78 10:32:16:90:29:dd:d0:07 78 10:32:16:91:24:dd:d0:05 78 10:32:16:91:25:dd:d0:03 82 10:00:00:06:2b:0d:29:30 82 10:00:00:06:2b:0d:2f:ed 82 10:00:00:06:2b:0d:33:4d 82 10:00:00:06:2b:0e:4d:c9 Total devices displayed: 12 0bf001 0bf002 01f002 09f002 08f002 09f001 08f001 01f002 03f002 01f001 03f001 82 82 78 52 82 52 82 78 52 78 52 2a0900 520c00 4e3000 482200 2a0a00 48a100 520f00 4e1400 480
2 fcrLsanMatrix To zero out database execute the following commands: fcrlsanmatrix --add -lsan 0 0 fcrlsanmatrix --add -fcr 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 fcrlsanmatrix --apply -all • In a dual backbone configuration, execute fcrlsanmatrix --fabricview on the FCR switches to confirm that the shared edge fabric FIDs have the same access in both backbones.
fcrPathTest 2 fcrPathTest Tests the data path connection between the FC Router FPGA and the central ASIC. Synopsis Description fcrpathtest [--slot slot][-unit number][-path mode][-nframes count] Use this command to verify the data path connecting the FC Router field-programmable gate array (FPGA) and the central ASIC by sending frames from the FC Router FPGA port N transmitter, and looping the frames back into the same port’s receiver. The loopback is accomplished at the parallel loopback path.
2 fcrPathTest Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command is supported only on Brocade FR4-18i blades and Brocade 7500 platforms. The switch must be offline for this test to run. Operands This command has the following operands: --slot slot Specifies the slot number on which the diagnostic operates.
fcrPathTest See Also 2 DIAG-STATS The ASIC internal error counters detected an error in the received frame. This error is similar to ERRSTATS, but includes verifying the Tx/Rx frame count statistics. The DIAG-STATS error can be caused by a faulty SFP or indicate deeper problems in the main board or ASIC. Check for a faulty SFP. Replace the cable or SFP if necessary. DIAG-TIMEOUT The port failed to receive back a frame that was sent out.
2 fcrPhyDevShow fcrPhyDevShow Displays the FC Router physical device information. Synopsis Description fcrphydevshow [-a][-f FID][-w wwn][-c][-d] Use this command to display the physical (real) devices that are configured to be exported to other fabrics. A device is considered to be configured to be exported to another fabric if it is a member of an LSAN zone.
fcrPhyDevShow Examples 2 To display the physical devices relevant to this FC Router: fcr:admin> fcrphydevshow Device WWN Physical Exists PID in Fabric ----------------------------------------2 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68 c70000 3 50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e 0100ef 3 50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83 0100e8 Total devices displayed: 3 See Also fcrFabricShow, fcrProxyDevShow, fcrRouteShow, lsanZoneShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 297
2 fcrProxyConfig fcrProxyConfig Displays or configures proxy devices presented by an FC Router. Synopsis Description fcrproxyconfig [-s importedFID devWWN slot][-r importedFID devWWN] Use this command to display or set the persistent configuration of proxy devices presented by the local FC Router. If no optional operand is provided, the command displays the persistent proxy device configuration; otherwise, it sets the specified attributes to its new value.
fcrProxyConfig 2 “WWN does not exist in any proxy device slot” is displayed if the WWN does not exist in any slot for the specified edge fabric. “Too many proxy slots configured. Remove some unused proxy device WWNs from their slots using the -r operand and try again.” is displayed if all slots are used for the specified edge fabric. “The specified slot already contains a WWN, overwrite? [y]” is displayed if the specified slot already contains an entry. You are then prompted for overwrite confirmation.
2 fcrProxyDevShow fcrProxyDevShow Displays FC Router proxy device information. Synopsis Description fcrproxydevshow [-a][-f fabricid][-w wwn] Use this command to display the proxy devices presented by FC Router EX_Ports and information about the proxy devices. A proxy device is a virtual device presented in to a fabric by an FC Router. A proxy device represents a real device on another fabric.
fcrProxyDevShow Examples 2 -f fabricid Display the proxy devices in the specified fabric that are relevant to this FC Router. -w wwn Displays proxy devices with the specified port WWN.
2 fcrResourceShow fcrResourceShow Displays FC Router physical resource usage. Synopsis Description fcrresourceshow Use this command to display the FC Router-available resources. The maximum number allowed versus the currently used is displayed for various resources. The command output includes: LSAN Zones The maximum versus the currently used LSAN zones. LSAN Devices The maximum versus the currently used LSAN device database entries. Each proxy or physical device constitutes an entry.
fcrResourceShow Notes 2 Only configured EX/VEX_Ports are displayed The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fcrRouterPortCost fcrRouterPortCost Displays or sets an FC Router port cost. Synopsis Description fcrrouterportcost [[slot/]port] [cost] Use this command to set or display the cost of the FC router ports. You can set the cost of the link to one of two fixed values: 1000 or 10000. The option 0 sets the cost of the link to the default value based on link type (EX/VEX). The router module chooses the router port path based on the minimum cost per fabric ID (FID) connection.
fcrRouterPortCost 2 To display the cost on an EX_Port: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 0 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost -----------------------7/10 1000 To set the cost of an EX_Port and display the result: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 10000 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost -----------------------7/10 10000 To set the default cost on the EX_Port: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 0 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost -----------------------7/10 10
2 fcrRouteShow fcrRouteShow Displays FC Router route information. Synopsis Description fcrrouteshow Use this command to display routes through the FC Router backbone fabric to accessible destination fabrics. An FC Router backbone fabric is the fabric that contains the E_Ports of this platform and routes inter-fabric traffic between imported fabrics, creating a meta-SAN. There are FC Router ports that reside on the backbone fabric. These ports are known as NR_Ports.
fcrXlateConfig 2 fcrXlateConfig Configures a translate (xlate) domain's domain ID and state of persistence for both the EX_Port-attached fabric and the backbone fabric.
2 fcrXlateConfig Operands This command has the following operands: fcrxlateconfig Sets the preferred domain ID (1-239) to preferredDomainID for the translate phantom domain and saves the configuration persistently. The translate domain must be inactive to set the preferred domain ID. The following operands are required: importedFID Specifies the fabric ID (1 through 128) of the fabric that contains the translate domain.
fcrXlateConfig 2 To set the preferred domain ID of the translate domain created in fabric 2, which represents the remote fabric 3, to a value of 8: switch:admin> fcrxlateconfig 2 3 8 xlate domain already configured, overwrite?(n) y To clear the preferred domain ID of the translate domain created in fabric 2, which represents remote fabric 3: switch:admin> fcrxlateconfig -r 2 3 xlate domain deleted To enable translate domain persistence: fcr:admin> fcrxlateconfig --enable persistxd Persist XD is enabled
2 fddCfg fddCfg Manages the fabric data distribution configuration parameters. Synopsis fddcfg --showall fddcfg --localaccept policy_list fddcfg --localreject policy_list fddcfg --fabwideset policy_list Description Use this command to manage the fabric data distribution configuration parameters. These parameters control the fabric-wide consistency policy. Switches can be locally configured to allow or reject a security policy.
fddCfg 2 To set the Fabric-Wide Consistency Policy as tolerant, omit the "S". A valid policy set should be of the form "SCC:S;DCC;FCS". To set the fabric-wide policy to NULL (default) or no fabric-wide consistency, use the policy Set "". Supported policies are Switch Connection Control (SCC), Device Connection Control (DCC), and Fabric Configuration Server (FCS). All members specified in a given policy set are automatically distributed to all participating switches in the fabric that support the policy.
2 fdmiCacheShow fdmiCacheShow Displays abbreviated remote FDMI device information, according to remote domain ID. Synopsis Description fdmicacheshow Use this command to display FDMI cache information for remote domains only. The state of each remote domain, identified by its domain ID, is shown to be unknown, known, unsupported, or error. The revision of the switch also displays, followed by the world wide name of the switch. For HBAs, only the HBA identifiers and registered port lists are displayed.
fdmiShow 2 fdmiShow Displays detailed FDMI device information. Synopsis Description fdmishow Use this command to display FDMI information for all HBAs and ports. Detailed FDMI information is displayed for local HBAs and ports. This information includes the HBA with its corresponding ports, along with their respective attributes. Only abbreviated FDMI information is shown for HBA and ports on remote switches.
2 ficonCfg ficonCfg Configures the specified FICON database. Synopsis ficoncfg --set database port_index ficoncfg --reset database ficoncfg --help Description Note Operands Use this command to configure a FICON database on a specified port. Refer to ficonShow for a description of the database content. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
ficonClear 2 ficonClear Clears the records from the specified FICON database. Synopsis Description Note Operands ficonclear database Use this command to remove records from the local FICON database. The command effect depends on the specified database. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, “Using Fabric OS commands” and Appendix A, “Command Availability” for details.
2 ficonCupSet ficonCupSet Sets FICON-CUP parameters for a switch. Synopsis ficoncupset fmsmode enable | disable ficoncupset modereg bitname 0 | 1 ficoncupset MIHPTO seconds ficoncupset CRP PID CHID Description Use this command to set FICON-CUP (Control Unit Port) parameters for a switch. All parameters can be set while the switch is online. Changes made by this command take effect immediately. A reboot is not required. Use ficonCupShow to display current settings.
ficonCupSet CRP PID CHID Examples 2 Sets the current reporting path (CRP). The reporting path is a CUP mechanism for sending FRU-failure reports to a FICON logical path via FICON protocol. The logical path between the PID and the CHID must exist and be in operational state for this command to succeed. Use ficonCupShow with the LP option to display the logical paths on the switch. The following operands are required: PID Specifies the Port identifier. CHID Specifies the Channel ID (CHID).
2 ficonCupShow ficonCupShow Displays FICON-CUP parameters for a switch. Synopsis ficoncupshow fmsmode ficoncupshow modereg [bitname] ficoncupshow MIHPTO ficoncupshow LP Description Note Operands Use this command to display FICON-CUP (Control Unit Port) parameters for a switch. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
ficonCupShow 2 To display the mode register for the switch: switch:user> ficoncupshow modereg POSC UAM ASM DCAM ACP HCP -----------------------------1 0 1 1 1 0 To display the ASM bit in the mode register for the switch: switch:user> ficoncupshow modereg ASM ASM --1 To display the MIHPTO value for the CUP: switch:user> ficoncupshow MIHPTO MIHPTO for the CUP: 60 seconds To display the logical paths for the switch: switch:user> ficoncupshow LP FICON CUP Logical Paths for CUP 0x08FE00 PID -----082300 082
2 ficonHelp ficonHelp Displays a list of FICON support commands. Synopsis Description Note ficonhelp Use this command to display a list of FICON support commands with descriptions. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
ficonShow 2 ficonShow Displays the contents of the specified FICON database. Synopsis Description ficonshow database [fabric] Use this command to display the contents of a FICON database. The ficonShow database operand is the name of the database to display. If the fabric operand is absent, the command displays the members of the named database that are local to the switch on which the command was issued.
2 ficonShow Link Incident Description Same as Link Incident Type. Link Incident Type Indicates the link incident type as one of the following: • • • • • Listener PID Same as PID. Listener Port Type Same as Port Type. Listener Port WWN Displays the channel HBA port world wide name. Listener Type Indicates the listener type as follows: Conditiona This port receives a link incident record if no other recipients from the established registration list have been chosen.
ficonShow 2 0x04 Output unit, if it is a storage port; otherwise, a reserved field for a channel port 0x05 Reserved field for a channel port. 0x06 Controller, if it is a storage port; otherwise, a reserved field for a channel port. 0x07 Terminal - Full screen if it is a storage port; otherwise, a reserved field for a channel port. 0x08 Terminal - Line mode if it is a storage port; otherwise, an emulated control unit support only. 0x09 Reserved.
2 ficonShow Note Operands Switch node WWN Displays the switch node world wide name. Switch Port WWN Displays the switch port world wide name. Switch WWN Displays the switch WWN. Tag Displays the physical identifier for the self-describing node interface. TS Format Displays the Time Server format. Time Stamp Displays the timestamp, expressed in date format. Type Same as Port Type. Type Number Displays the type number of the self-describing node. It also describes the machine type.
ficonShow 2 0x18 N 502e00 50:05:07:64:01:40:0f:ca 50:05:07:64:00:c1:69:ca 0x10 0x200105 Type number: 002064 Model number: 101 Manufacturer: IBM Plant of Manufacture: 02 Sequence Number: 0000000169CA tag: 052e } } To display the local and remote LIRR database: switch:admin> ficonshow LIRR fabric {Fmt Type PID Listener Port WWN 0x18 N 502d00 50:05:07:64:01:40:11:79 0x18 N 510d00 50:05:07:64:01:00:15:8c 0x18 N 510f00 50:05:07:64:01:00:14:62 } The LIRR database has 3 entries.
2 ficonShow 20:2e:00:60:69:80:1e:4e 10:00:00:60:69:80:1e:4e Switch Part Number: 060-0001501-05 Switch Serial Number: 0FT02X801E4E Domain: 20480 0x00 0x200a2e } } The local RLIR database has 1 entry.
fipsCfg 2 fipsCfg Configures FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards) mode. Synopsis fipscfg --enable [fips | selftests | bootprom] fipscfg --disable [fips | selftests | bootprom] fipscfg --zeroize fipscfg --show | --showall fipscfg --force fips fipscfg --verify fips Description Use this command to configure FIPS mode on the switch. In this mode, only FIPS-compliant algorithms are allowed.
2 fipsCfg --show |--showall Displays the current FIPS configuration. --force fips This option enables FIPS mode even if prerequisites are not met, except under the following two conditions: 1. In a dual-CP system if HA is not in sync between the two CPs. 2. If selftests is in a disabled state. --verify fips Scans the prerequisites for enabling FIPS and print the failure/success cases. --disable | --enable bootprom Disables or enables the Boot Programmable Read-Only Memory (Boot PROM) on the switch.
fipsCfg 2 Bootprom access is enabled. FIPS mode cannot be configured at this time To enable FIPS after prerequisites have been met: switch:admin> fipscfg --enable fips You are enabling FIPS. Do you want to continue? (yes, y, no, n) [no] : yes FIPS mode has been set to : Enabled Please reboot the system switch:admin> fipscfg --show FIPS mode is : Enabled To back out of a zeroizing operation: switch:admin> fipscfg --zeroize You are Zeroizing FIPS configuration.
2 fipsCfg Zeroizing Radius configuration: RADIUS configuration does not exist. LDAP configuration does not exist. Zeroizing IPSec static SA configuration. Zeroizing SSH key. Permission denied to perform this operation. Failed to zeroize SSH public key. switch:admin> To disable bootprom: switch:root> fipscfg --disable bootprom You are disabling bootprom. Do you want to continue? (yes, y, no, n) [no] : no Operation cancelled.
firmwareCommit 2 firmwareCommit Commits switch firmware. Synopsis Description firmwarecommit Use this command to commit a firmware download to a CP. This command copies an updated firmware image to the secondary partition and commits both partitions of the CP to an updated version of the firmware. This must be done after each firmware download and after the switch has been rebooted and a sanity check is performed to make sure the new image is fine.
2 firmwareDownload firmwareDownload Downloads firmware from a remote host, a local directory, or a USB device.
firmwareDownload 2 For each standalone switch in your fabric, complete all firmware download changes before issuing the firmwareDownload command on the next switch to ensure a nondisruptive download. If firmwareDownload is interrupted due to an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition. Wait for the recovery to complete before starting another firmwareDownload.
2 firmwareDownload host Specify a valid FTP or SSH server name or IP address. IPV4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. The firmware is downloaded from the specified host. If a host is not specified, the firmware is considered accessible on a local directory. To mention an FTP server by name, a DNS server must first be set up with the dnsConfig command. If DNS is enabled and a server name is specified, firmwareDownload automatically determines whether IPv4 or IPv6 should be used.
firmwareDownload 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------2 FR4-18i v5.3.0 GigE/FC Fast-write 7 FR4-18i v5.3.0 GigE/FC Fast-write 9 FA4-18 v5.3.0 Virtualization This command will upgrade both CPs and all BP blade above. If you want to upgrade a single CP only, use the -s option. You can run firmwaredownloadstatus to get the status of this command. This command will cause the active CP to reset and will require that existing telnet, secure telnet or SSH sessions be restarted.
2 firmwareDownload Targeted Slots (slot numbers): 8 Server Name or IP Address: 192.168.126.250 Network Protocol (1-auto-select, 2-FTP, 3-SCP) [1]: User Name: userfoo File Name: /home/userfoo/dist/release.plist Password: Verifying the system parameters for firmwaredownload... System parameters checking passed. Checking version compatibility... Version compatibility checking DISABLED. This command will reboot the selected blades and disrupt the virtualization applications on these blades.
firmwareDownloadStatus 2 firmwareDownloadStatus Displays the status of a firmware download. Synopsis Description firmwaredownloadstatus Use this command to display an event log that records the progress and status of events during FOS, SAS, and SA firmwaredownload. The event log is created by the current firmwaredownload command and is kept until another firmwaredownload command is issued. There is a timestamp associated with each event.
2 firmwareDownloadStatus To display the status of a firmware download on a switch: switch:admin> firmwaredownloadstatus [1]: Fri Feb 15 22:17:03 2007 Firmware is being downloaded to the switch. This step may take up to 30 minutes. [2]: Fri Feb 15 22:20:54 2007 Firmware has been downloaded to the secondary partition of the switch. [3]: Fri Feb 15 22:22:19 2007 The firmware commit operation has started. This may take up to 10 minutes.
firmwareDownloadStatus 2 Slot 8 (FR4-18i): Firmware commit has started on the blade. This may take up to 10 minutes. [10]: Mon Dec 19 18:50:51 2007 Slot 8 (FR4-18i): The commit operation has completed successfully. [11]: Mon Dec 19 18:55:39 2007 Slot 5 (CP0, active): Firmware has been downloaded successfully on Standby CP. [12]: Mon Dec 19 18:55:46 2007 Slot 5 (CP0, active): Standby CP reboots. [13]: Mon Dec 19 18:57:06 2007 Slot 5 (CP0, active): Standby CP booted successfully with new firmware.
2 firmwareKeyShow firmwareKeyShow Displays the public key used for signed firmware validation. Synopsis Description Notes firmwarekeyshow This command displays the contents of the public key used for validating the integrity of firmware images when signed firmware validation is enabled. A firmware key should be installed on every switch as a part of the Fabric OS installation. The presence of a firmware key does not imply that the firmware signature is checked during firmwareDownload.
firmwareKeyUpdate 2 firmwareKeyUpdate Updates the public key used for signed firmware validation. Synopsis firmwarekeyupdate firmwarekeyupdate [-p ftp|scp] host,user,keyfile,passwd firmwarekeyupdate -U keyfile Description Use this command to update the public key used for firmware signature validation. The firmware key can be updated over the network, or, if the switch supports this option, from an attached USB device.
2 firmwareKeyUpdate Examples user Specify a user name for FTP or SSH server access. This operand can be omitted, if the firmware key is accessible on a local directory or by anonymous FTP server access. A user name other than “anonymous” is required for SSH server access. keyfile Specify a fully qualified path for the firmware keyfile. Absolute path names may be specified using forward slashes (/).
firmwareRestore 2 firmwareRestore Restores the former active firmware image. Synopsis Description firmwarerestore Use this command to restore the former active Fabric OS firmware image. This command can only be run if autocommit was disabled during the firmwaredownload. This command cannot be used to restore SAS and SA images. After a firmwaredownload and a reboot (with autocommit disabled), the downloaded firmware becomes active.
2 firmwareShow firmwareShow Displays the Fabric OS versions on all firmware partitions in the system. Synopsis firmwareshow Description Use this command to display the FOS, SAS, and SA firmware versions. The command shows the firmware versions on both the primary and secondary partitions of the storage device.
fmConfig 2 fmConfig Manages frame monitor configuration.
2 fmConfig For the perfMonitorShow and perfMonitorClear commands, the management of Filter Monitors (FLT class) is provided through the new fmConfig interface. While the legacy commands are still operational in the Fabric OS 6.4.0 release, their use is incompatible with the new fmConfig command. Once you use the new interface to configure and manage frame monitors, you can no longer use the old commands.
fmConfig SCSI_WRITE Specifies a frame of type SCSI Write with a bit pattern of “12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06;40,0xFF,0x08,0x0A,0x2A;”. SCSI_RW Specifies a frame of type SCSI Write with a bit pattern of “12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06;40,0xFF,0x08,0x28,0x0A,0x2A;”. 2 SCSI2_RESERVE Specifies a frame of type SCSI-2 Reserve with a bit pattern of “12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06;40,0xFF,0x16,0x56;”.
2 fmConfig -port port_list Specifies one or more ports on which to install the monitor for the specified frame type. This operand is optional; if omitted, the monitor is installed on all eligible ports. A port list can consist of the following: • One or more single ports, preceded by a slot number followed by a slash • (/) on bladed systems. Multiple ports must be separated by a comma, for example, 8 or 5/8 or 3,5,8.
fmConfig 2 --addmonitor frame_type -port port_list [-nosave] [-force] Installs an existing frame monitor on the specified ports. Specify -nosave to save the configuration is nonpersistently. Use -force for first-time execution without confirmation. --delmonitor frame_type -port port_list [-nosave] [-force] Removes an existing frame monitor from the specified ports. Specify -nosave to save the configuration is nonpersistently. Use -force for first-time execution without confirmation.
2 fmConfig To delete the custom frame monitor “MyFrameMonitor” from all ports: switch:admin> fmconfig --delmonitor MyFrameMonitor To delete the entire frame type configuration: switch:admin> fmconfig --delete MyFrameMonitor To clear the counters for the SCSI2_READ monitor from ports 7-10: switch:admin> fmconfig --clear SCSI2_READ -port 7-10 To display the existing frame types and associated bit patterns on the switch: switch:admin> fmconfig --show FRAME_TYPE BIT PATTERN --------------------------------
fosConfig 2 fosConfig Displays or modifies Fabric OS features. Synopsis fosconfig --enable feature fosconfig --disable feature fosconfig --show Description Use this command to enable or disable a feature, or to display the current operating status of features on a switch. This command can be run while the switch is online.
2 fosConfig vf Enables Virtual Fabrics. By default, Virtual Fabrics are disabled. Before enabling the Virtual Fabrics, ensure that there are no Administrative Domains (ADs) in effect. Administrative Domains must be disabled before enabling Virtual Fabrics. This command prompts for confirmation, because the chassis reboots after this command is executed. ethsw Enables the Ethernet switch service on the switch. The Ethernet switch service is disabled by default.
fosConfig 2 To enable the iSCSI service: switch:admin> fosconfig --enable iscsi iSCSI service is enabled To disable the iSCSI service: switch:admin> fosconfig --disable iscsi iSCSI service is disabled To enable Virtual Fabrics: switch:admin> fosconfig --enable vf WARNING: This is a disruptive operation that requires a reboot to take effect. All EX ports will be disabled upon reboot.
2 fosExec fosExec Executes a command in a specified logical switch context. Synopsis fosexec --fid FID -cmd “cmd [args]” fosexec --fid all [-force] -cmd “cmd [args]” Description Use this command to execute any Fabric OS command on a specified logical switch context or on all logical switches. The target logical switch is identified by its fabric ID (FID). When used with the --fid all option, the specified command is executed in all logical switches.
fosExec 2 Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto =================================================== 0 1 0 640000 -N8 No_Module FC 1 1 1 640100 -N8 No_Module FC 2 1 2 640200 -N8 No_Module FC To enable port 5/0 on all logical switches: switch:admin> fosexec --fid all -cmd “portenable 5/0” --------------------------------------------------"portenable" on FID 128: --------------------------------------------------"portenable" on FID 10: A port or ports is/are not part of this switch.
2 fosExec To display the switch name for all logical switches without confirmation: switch:user> fosexec --fid all -force -cmd "switchname" -----------------------------------"switchname" on FID 10: switch_10 ----------------------------------"switchname" on FID 20: switch_20 switch:user> See Also 356 setContext, userConfig Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
fruReplace 2 fruReplace Provides an interactive interface to help replace a field replaceable unit (FRU). Synopsis frureplace fru Description Use this command to replace a FRU. The command automatically performs the necessary backup and restore operations to accommodate the replacement. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fspfShow fspfShow Displays Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) protocol information. Synopsis Description fspfshow Use this command to display FSPF protocol information and internal data structures of the FSPF module. The command displays the fields listed in Table 17. TABLE 17 Note Operands 358 fspfShow display fields Field Description version Version of FSPF protocol. domainID Domain number of local switch. switchOnline State of the local switch.
fspfShow Examples 2 To display FSPF protocol information: switch:admin> fspfshow See Also version domainID switchOnline domainValid isl_ports[0] isl_ports[1] trunk_ports[0] trunk_ports[1] f_ports[0] f_ports[1] seg_ports[0] seg_ports[1] active_ports[0] active_ports[1] minLSArrival minLSInterval LSoriginCount startTime fspfQ fabP agingTID agingTo lsrDlyTID lsrDelayTo lsrDelayCount ddb_sem = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 2 131 TRUE TRUE 0x00000000 0x74000000 0x00000000 0x02000000 0x0
2 fwAlarmsFilterSet fwAlarmsFilterSet Enables or disables alarms for Fabric Watch. Synopsis Description Notes fwalarmsfilterset [mode] Use this command to configure alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. By turning off the alarms, all nonenvironment class alarms are suppressed. By turning on the alarms, all class alarms are generated. This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
fwAlarmsFilterShow 2 fwAlarmsFilterShow Displays alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. Synopsis Description Notes fwalarmsfiltershow Use this command to display whether alarm filtering is enabled or disabled. This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fwClassInit fwClassInit Initializes all classes under Fabric Watch. Synopsis Description Notes fwclassinit Use this command to initialize all classes under Fabric Watch. The command should only be used after installing a Fabric Watch license to start licensed Fabric Watch classes. Refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator’s Guide for a list of supported Fabric Watch classes. This command requires a Fabric Watch license.
fwConfigReload 2 fwConfigReload Reloads the Fabric Watch configuration. Synopsis Description Notes fwconfigreload Use this command to reload the Fabric Watch configuration. This command should only be used after downloading a new Fabric Watch configuration file from a host. This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 fwConfigure fwConfigure Displays and modifies the Fabric Watch configuration. Synopsis fwconfigure fwconfigure --enable --port port fwconfigure --disable --port port Description This command is being deprecated in Fabric OS v6.4.0; it will be removed in a subsequent release. Functional equivalents for configuring Fabric Watch thresholds are provided by the portThConfig, thConfig, and sysMonitor commands. Use this command to display and modify threshold information for the Fabric Watch configuration.
fwConfigure TABLE 18 fwConfigure Fabric Watch classes and areas Class Area Port Link loss Sync loss Signal loss Protocol error Invalid words Invalid CRCS RX Performance TX Performance State Changes Fabric E_Port downs Fabric reconfigure Domain ID changes Segmentation changes Zone changes Fabric<->QL Fabric logins SFP state changes E_Port Link loss (E_Port) Sync loss (E_Port) Signal loss (E_Port) Protocol error (E_Port) Invalid words (E_Port) Invalid CRCS E_Port) RX Performance (E_Port) TX Performa
2 fwConfigure TABLE 18 fwConfigure Fabric Watch classes and areas Class Area Security Telnet Violations HTTP Violations API Violations RSNMP Violations WSNMP Violations SES Violations MS Violations Serial Violations Front Panel Violations SCC Violations DCC Violations Login Violations Invalid Timestamps Invalid Signatures Invalid Certificates SLAP Failures SLAP Bad Packets TS Out of Sync No-FCS Incompatible Security DB Illegal Command Resource Flash In Access Gateway mode, only the following class
fwConfigure TABLE 19 Notes 2 Access Gateway mode Class Area Fabric E_Port downs Fabric reconfigure Domain ID changes Segmentation changes Zone changes Fabric<->QL Fabric logins SFP state changes FFL_Port (Optical Same as Port class FFL_Port (Copper) Same as Port class Resource class Flash area EE Performance Monitor Invalid CRCS RX Performance TX Performance Filter Performance Monitor Customer Defined Resource Flash This command requires a Fabric Watch license.
2 fwConfigure 3 : Power Supply 4 : return to previous page Select an area => : (1..
fwFruCfg 2 fwFruCfg Displays or modifies FRU state alert configuration. Synopsis Description Notes fwfrucfg [--show] Use this command to configure field-replaceable unit (FRU) states and actions. Based on these configuration settings, Fabric Watch generates actions when a FRU state changes. When used without operand, this command interactively prompts for user input. To configure email alerts, use fwMailCfg. This command is not applicable to platforms that do not support FRUs.
2 fwHelp fwHelp Displays Fabric Watch command information. Synopsis Description Note fwhelp Use this command to display the commands that configure Fabric Watch. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fwMailCfg 2 fwMailCfg Displays and configures Fabric Watch email alerts. Synopsis Description fwmailcfg Use this command to display or modify the configuration and status of the Fabric Watch email alert on the switch. Switch elements monitored by Fabric Watch are divided into classes, and email alerts are based on the classes. Each class can configure one email address as the alert message's receiver.
2 fwMailCfg 1 : Show Mail Configuration Information 2 : Disable Email Alert 3 : Enable Email Alert 4 : Send Test Mail 5 : Set Recipient Mail Address for Email Alert 6 : Relay Host IP Configuration 7 : Quit Select an item => : (1..
fwPortDetailShow 2 fwPortDetailShow Displays the port information for specified user ports. Synopsis Description fwportdetailshow [--p port] | [--s portState] Use this command to print the overall status of a specified port. The output of this command is different for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
2 fwPortDetailShow --s portState Yields a port detail report for the specified portState. Valid portState entries are: h Report based on all healthy ports m Report based on all marginal ports f Report based on all faulty ports o Report based on all offline ports If no option is specified, all ports are displayed.
fwPortDetailShow 2 To retrieve a port detailed report: switch:user> fwportdetailshow --s h Port Detail Report Switch Name: switch IP address: 192.168.163.
2 fwSamShow fwSamShow Generates switch availability monitor (SAM) report. Synopsis Description Notes fwsamshow Use this command to display a switch availability monitor (SAM) report. This report displays uptime and downtime for each port and enables you to check if a particular port is failing more often than the others. The information displayed includes total uptime, total downtime, number of faulty occurrences, and total percent of downtime for each port.
fwSamShow 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 See Also U U U U U U U U U U T T T T U U U U U U U U U U F U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 99 99 100 99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 fwSet fwSet Sets port persistence time. Synopsis Description Notes fwset --port --persistence seconds Use this command to set port persistence time, a parameters controlled by Fabric Watch. Port persistence time specifies the time in seconds during which a port must persistently be in a marginal state before being labeled as such. port persistence is a switch-wide parameter. Use portThconfig to display port persistence time. This command requires a Fabric Watch license.
fwSetToCustom 2 fwSetToCustom Sets Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to custom values. Synopsis Description fwsettocustom Use this command to set threshold and alarm levels to custom values for all Fabric Watch classes and areas. Fabric Watch uses two types of settings: factory default settings and user-defined custom settings. • Factory default settings are automatically enabled. These settings vary depending on hardware platform, and cannot be modified.
2 fwSetToCustom TimeBase: None Value :32 Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Default: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 0 Above Action: None Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Buffer: Custom: Value : 20 Value : 10 Default: Class: RESOURCE Area : FLASH ThLevel : Cust ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 110 Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Below Action: Raslog TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 90 Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Below Act
fwSetToDefault 2 fwSetToDefault Returns Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to default values. Synopsis Description fwsettodefault Use this command to return Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to defaults for all classes and areas in Fabric Watch. Fabric Watch uses two types of settings: factory default settings and user-defined custom settings. • Factory default settings are automatically enabled. These settings vary depending on hardware platform and cannot be modified.
2 fwSetToDefault Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Default: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 0 Above Action: None Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Buffer: Custom: Value : 20 Value : 10 Default: Class: RESOURCE Area : FLASH ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 110 Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Below Action: Raslog TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 90 Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Below Action: Raslog TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : No
h 2 h Displays shell history. Synopsis h history Description Use this command to view the shell history. The shell history mechanism is similar to the UNIX shell history facility. The h command displays the 20 most recent commands typed into the shell; the oldest commands are replaced as new ones are entered.
2 haDisable haDisable Disables the High Availability feature. Synopsis Description Note hadisable Use this command to disable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already disabled, this command does nothing. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, “Using Fabric OS commands” and Appendix A, “Command Availability” for details.
haDump 2 haDump Displays High Availability status information. Synopsis Description hadump Use this command to display information about the status of the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch.
2 haDump SWITCH Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.227.64 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Fibre Channel IP Address: 220.220.220.64 Fibre Channel Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 CP0 Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.227.66 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp0 Gateway IP Address: 10.32.224.1 CP1 Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.227.67 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp1 Gateway IP Address: 10.32.224.1 Slot 10 eth0: 10.32.227.69/20 Gateway: 10.32.224.1 Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.
haEnable 2 haEnable Enables the High Availability feature. Synopsis Description haenable Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already enabled, this command has no effect. If the HA is disabled, this command enables it. The standby CP reboots as part of the process. The command displays a warning message and prompts for confirmation before rebooting the CP.
2 haFailover haFailover Forces the failover mechanism so that the standby control processor (CP) becomes the active CP. Synopsis Description Notes hafailover Use this command to force the failover mechanism to occur so that the standby CP becomes the active CP. In case the active and standby CPs are not synchronized or the system is not in redundant mode, the command aborts.
haShow 2 haShow Displays control processor (CP) status. Synopsis Description hashow Use this command to display control processor status. The display includes: • • • • • Local CP state (slot number and CP ID), warm or cold, recovering or recovered. Remote CP state (slot number and CP ID). High Availability (enabled or disabled). Heartbeat (up or down). The Health of the standby CP is defined as follows: Healthy The standby CP is running and the background health diagnostic has not detected any errors.
2 haShow Operands none Examples To display CP status on a Brocade 48000, first on a healthy standby CP and then on a faulty standby CP: switch:admin> hashow Local CP (Slot 6, CP1): Active, Cold Recovered Remote CP (Slot 5, CP0): Non-Redundant switch:admin> hashow Local CP (Slot 6, CP1): Active, Warm Recovered Remote CP (Slot 5, CP0): Standby, Failed Backplane PCI fail, severity: CRITICAL HA enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State not in sync To display CP status on a Brocade DCX with a healthy standby CP: swi
haSyncStart 2 haSyncStart Enables High Availability state synchronization. Synopsis Description hasyncstart Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) state synchronization. After issuing hasyncStop, the switch does not go back to sync start unless you reboot the active CP, or reboot the standby CP, or issue hasyncStart. The time it takes for the HA sync to complete depends on the system configuration. The HA sync timeout is set to 10 minutes.
2 haSyncStop haSyncStop Disables High Availability state synchronization. Synopsis Description hasyncstop Use this command to temporarily disable High Availability (HA) synchronization. After issuing hasyncStop, the switch does not go back to sync start unless you reboot the active CP, or reboot the standby CP, or issue hasyncStart. The time it takes for the HA sync to complete depends on the system configuration. The HA sync timeout is set to 10 minutes.
help 2 help Displays command help information. Synopsis help [command] help [-p | -page] help --help Description Use this command without an operand to display an alphabetical listing of commands for which help is available. When used without an operand, the command listing displays without page break. Pipe the output through “grep” to filter the output. Use the -page operand to display the commands for which help is available one page at a time. Press Enter to go to the next page.
2 help auditdump Display audit log authutil Get and set authentication configuration bannerset Set security banner bannershow Display security banner bcastshow Display broadcast routing information bladedisable Disables all user ports on a blade. bladeenable Enables all User Ports on a blade.
historyLastShow 2 historyLastShow Displays the latest entry in the field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. Synopsis Description historylastshow Use this command to display the latest entry of the history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards. The type of FRU supported depends on the hardware platform. Each history record contains three lines of information.
2 historyMode historyMode Displays the mode of the field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. Synopsis Description historymode Use this command to display the mode of the history buffer, which records the insertion and removal of FRUs on a switch or chassis. This command supports two modes of handling new log entries once the history buffer has reached its maximum size: Rotating mode Any new entry exceeding the maximum buffer size overwrites the oldest entry in the log. This is the default mode.
historyShow 2 historyShow Displays the entire field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. Synopsis Description historyshow Use this command to display the entire history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards. The type of FRU supported depends on the hardware platform. Each history record contains three lines of information.
2 historyShow WWN Unit 1 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Inserted at Tue Aug 14 11:03:45 2001 40-0000031-03 1013456800 SW BLADE Slot 3 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Removed at Tue Aug 14 12:10:09 2001 60-0001532-03 1013456800 CP BLADE Slot 6 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Removed at Tue Aug 14 13:45:07 2001 60-0001604-02 FP00X600128 SW BLADE Slot 3 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Inserted at Tue Aug 14 13:53:40 2001 60-0001532-03 1013456800 CP BLA
i 2 i Displays a process summary. Synopsis Description i [processID] Use this command to display information about a specified process or about all processes running on the local switch. One line is displayed per process. Fields displayed with this command include those shown in Table 20.
2 i Operands This command has the following operand: processID Examples Specifies the process name or process ID for the process to display.
iclCfg 2 iclCfg Enables or disables Inter-chassis links (ICL). Synopsis iclcfg --enable slot/icl_group iclcfg --disable slot/icl_group iclcfg --persistentenable slot/icl_group iclcfg --persistentdisable slot/icl_group iclcfg --help Description Notes Use this command to enable or disable an inter-chassis link (ICL) or to enable or disable an ICL persistently. The command enables or disables the ICL by enabling or disabling the ports associated with the link.
2 iclCfg To enable the ICL for ports 16-31 persistently: switch:user> iclcfg --persistentdnable 8/1 See also 402 none Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
ifModeSet 2 ifModeSet Sets the link operating mode for a network interface. Synopsis Description ifmodeset [“interface”] Use this command to set the link operating mode for a network interface. An operating mode is confirmed with a y or yes at the prompt. If the operating mode selected differs from the current mode, the change is saved and the command exits. Changing the link mode is not supported for all network interfaces or for all Ethernet network interfaces.
2 ifModeSet serial console port. Are you sure you really want to do this? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Proceed with caution. Auto-negotiate (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Advertise 100 Mbps / Full Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y Advertise 100 Mbps / Half Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y Advertise 10 Mbps / Full Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y Advertise 10 Mbps / Half Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y Committing configuration...done.
ifModeShow 2 ifModeShow Displays the link operating mode and MAC address for a network interface. Synopsis Description ifmodeshow interface Use this command to display the link operating mode and MAC address for a network interface. On the CP of a Brocade DCX or DCX-S4, this command supports eth0 and eth3 as interface parameters. On all other platforms, only eth0 is supported. The CP on a Brocade DCX or DCX-S4 has two external physical Ethernet management ports, eth1 and eth3.
2 ifModeShow To display the active interface: ras010:root> ifmodeshow bond0 Currently Active Slave: eth0 See Also 406 ifModeSet Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
interfaceShow 2 interfaceShow Displays FSPF interface information. Synopsis Description interfaceshow [slot/][port] Use this command to display the two data structures associated with FSPF interfaces (E_Ports) on the switch: • The permanently allocated interface descriptor block (IDB). • The neighbor data structure. This data structure is allocated when a switch port becomes an E_Port.
2 interfaceShow nghbId Domain ID of the neighbor (adjacent) switch. idbNo IDB number. Should be equal to port. remPort Port number on the remote switch connected to this port. nflags Internal FSPF flags. initCount Number of times this neighbor was initialized without the interface going down. lastInit Time of the last initializing state, NB_ST_INIT, on this interface. firstHlo Time of the first hello sent on this interface.
interfaceShow Note Operands attLsuOut Number of attempted transmissions of LSUs to the neighbor switch. nLsuOut Number of LSUs transmitted to the neighbor switch. attLsaOut Number of attempted transmissions of LSAs to the neighbor switch. nLsaOut Number of LSAs transmitted to the neighbor switch. 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 interfaceShow delay lastScn &dbRetransList &lsrRetransList &lsrAckList inactTID helloTID dbRtxTID lsrRtxTID inactTo helloTo rXmitTo nCmdAcc nInvCmd nHloIn nInvHlo nLsuIn nLsaIn attHloOut nHloOut attLsuOut nLsuOut attLsaOut nLsaOut See Also 410 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 1 16 0x1008c6a0 0x1008c6c4 0x1008c6e8 0x1008c768 0x1008c7a0 0x1008c7d8 0x1008c848 80000 2000 5000 7 0 2 0 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 nbrStateShow, portShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
interopMode 2 interopMode Manages Brocade switch interoperability with McDATA switches.
2 interopMode Notes The interopMode command must be executed on all Brocade switches in the fabric. Certain restrictions apply when changing Fabric Modes. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for more information. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
interopMode -s Safe Zone 2 Specify 1 to enable the McDATA Safe Zone feature. Specify 0 to disable the McDATA Safe Zone feature. Examples To display the current interop mode and command usage: switch:admin> interopmode --show InteropMode: McDATA Fabric ( IM2 ) Default Zone: Off Safe Zone: Off Domain Id offset: 0x20 To turn Safe Zone on while in IM2: switch:admin> interopmode --enable -safezone MCDT default/safe zone will be changed.
2 interopMode To try to switch from 239 Domain ID mode in IM3 to IM 2 (this command fails unless you change the domain offset as well to a value supported in IM2): switch:admin> interopmode --enable -mcdata The switch effective and defined configuration will be lost if interop Mode is changed.
iodDelayReset 2 iodDelayReset Resets the user-defined IOD delay settings to default values. Synopsis Description ioddelayreset domain_id Use this command to reset the user-defined IOD delay settings to default values (-1). This command resets IOD delay values for a specified domain ID that was previously configured with the iodDelaySet command. The switch must be disabled before IOD delay can be reset. Notes The iodDelaySet command is deprecated in Fabric OS v6.2.0.
2 iodDelayShow iodDelayShow Displays the user-defined IOD delay settings for specified domains. Synopsis Description Note ioddelayshow [ domain_id ] Use this command to display the user-defined IOD delay settings for all domains in the fabric or for a specified domain ID. This command only displays delay values for domain IDs, for which the IOD delay parameter has been previously set with the iodDelaySet command. The command does not display defaults values.
iodReset 2 iodReset Disables in-order delivery (IOD) on a switch. Synopsis Description iodreset Use this command to disable in-order delivery enforcement on the local switch. IOD is disabled by default, and can only be disabled after it has been enabled with the iodSet command. This command disables the legacy IOD enforcement only. Disabling IOD allows faster rerouting after a fabric topology change, but it may cause out-of-order delivery of frames during fabric topology changes.
2 iodSet iodSet Enables in-order delivery (IOD). Synopsis iodset iodset --help Description Use this command to enforce in-order delivery of frames during a fabric topology change. In a stable fabric, frames are always delivered in order, even when the traffic between switches is shared among multiple paths. However, when topology changes occur in the fabric (for instance, a link goes down), traffic is rerouted around the failure and some frames might be delivered out of order.
iodShow 2 iodShow Displays the in-order delivery (IOD) setting. Synopsis Description Note iodshow Use this command to display the IOD setting on the switch. By default, IOD is disabled. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 ipAddrSet ipAddrSet Sets the Ethernet and FC IP addresses. Synopsis ipaddrset [-ipv6 ] [--add x:x:x:x:x:x:x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-cp cp_number | -chassis ] [-ipv6 ] [--add x:x:x:x:x:x:x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-slot slot] [-eth0 | -eth1] [--add x.x.x.x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-slot slot] -gate [--add x.x.x.
ipAddrSet 2 • Use the -ls option with appropriate arguments to set or delete the IPv4 Fibre Channel address and prefix for the IPFC interface of a logical switch. In a Virtual Fabric environment, each logical fabric is represented by a separate IPFC network interface. Each of these network interfaces can be assigned a unique IPv4 FC address and prefix. The logical switches that make up a logical fabric are identified by the fabric ID (FID) that is assigned to each of the logical switch instances.
2 ipAddrSet -ipv6 [-auto | -noauto] Enables or disables stateless IPv6 autoconfiguration on a switch or chassis. When autoconfiguration is enabled, the host automatically performs configuration of IPv6 addresses and periodic nondisruptive reconfiguration. By default, autoconfiguration is disabled. -ls FID Specifies the logical fabric ID for which to configure an IPFC network interface. The FID is a decimal number.
ipAddrSet 2 switch:admin>ipaddrset -eth0 --add 10.12.34.123/24 To configure an IPv4 FC address for the IPFC interface associated with a logical switch with fabric ID 123: switch:admin>ipaddrset -ls 123 --add 11.1.2.4/24 IP address is being changed...Done. To verify the IPv4 FC address for the logical switch: switch:admin> ipaddrshow CHASSIS Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.220.10 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 CP0 Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.220.11 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.
2 ipAddrSet Ethernet Subnetmask [255.255.255.0]: Committing configuration...Done. To enable DHCP on a standalone, non-AP platform: switch:admin> ipaddrset Ethernet IP Address [192.168.74.102]: Ethernet Subnetmask [255.255.255.0]: Gateway IP Address [192.168.74.
ipAddrShow 2 ipAddrShow Displays IP address information for a switch or control processor (CP). Synopsis ipaddrshow ipaddrshow [-cp cp_number] | -chassis ipaddrshow -slot slot_numb [-eth0 | -eth1 | -gate] Description Use this command to display the IP addresses configured in the system. The -cp option displays the IP address for a specified CP on modular platforms, or use the command without arguments to display the IP address on a standalone switch, or the IP addresses for both CPs on a chassis.
2 ipAddrShow • stateless - Acquired through stateless autoconfiguration. IP Address state: • tentative • preferred • deprecated Refer to the RFC 2462 specification for more information. On modular platforms with intelligent blades, the addresses configured for each slot can be shown with the -slot option. On standalone platforms, all command options are ignored. Note Operands Examples The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
ipAddrShow 2 Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.5 Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.
2 ipfilter ipfilter Manages the IP filter policies.
ipfilter 2 case. The policy type identifies the policy as an IPv4 or IPv6 filter. You can create a maximum of eight IP filter policies. --create policyname -type ipv4 | ipv6 Creates an IP filter policy with the specified name and type. The policy created is stored in a temporary buffer and is lost if the policy is not saved to the persistent configuration. --clone policyname -from src_policyname Creates a replica of an existing IP filter policy.
2 ipfilter The following arguments are supported with the --addrule option: -sip Specifies the source IP address. For filters of type IPv4, the address must be a 32-bit address in dot notation, or a CIDR-style IPv4 prefix. For filters of type IPv6, the address must be a 12- bit IPv6 address in any format specified by RFC, or a CIDR-style IPv6 prefix. -dp Specifies the destination port number, a range of port numbers, or a service name. -proto Specifies the protocol type, for example tcp or udp.
ipfilter Name: Rule 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 default_ipv6, Type: ipv6, State: active Source IP Protocol Dest Port Action any tcp 22 permit any tcp 23 permit any tcp 897 permit any tcp 898 permit any tcp 111 permit any tcp 80 permit any tcp 443 permit any udp 161 permit any udp 111 permit any udp 123 permit any tcp 600 - 1023 permit any udp 600 - 1023 permit Name: ex1, Type: ipv6, State: defined (modified) Rule Source IP Protocol 1 fec0:60:69bc:60:260:69ff:fe80:d4a tcp Dest Port 23 Action permit T
2 ipfilter To create an IPv4-type IP filter policy: switch:admin> ipfilter --create ex2 -type ipv4 To add a rule to the created policy “ex2”: switch:admin> ipfilter --addrule ex2 -sip 10.32.69.
ipSecConfig 2 ipSecConfig Configures Internet Protocol security (IPSec) policies for Ethernet management interfaces.
2 ipSecConfig • • • • Modify existing IPSec and IKE policies. Delete existing policies and SAs from the configuration database. Flush existing SAs from the kernel SA database (SADB). Display policy parameters. Representation of IP addresses When configuring IPSec policies, IP addresses and ports must be specified in the following format: IP address IPv4 addresses are expressed in dotted decimal notation consisting of numeric characters (0-9) and periods (.), for example, 203.178.141.194.
ipSecConfig 2 type Specifies the policy to be created. Supported policies include: policy ips Creates or modifies an IPSec policy. This policy determines the security services afforded to a packet and the treatment of a packet in the network. An IPSec policy allows classifying IP packets into different traffic flows and specifies the actions or transformations performed on IP packets on each of the traffic flows.
2 ipSecConfig -mode tunnel|transport Specifies the IPSec transform mode. In tunnel mode, the IP datagram is fully encapsulated by a new IP datagram using the IPSec protocol. In transport mode, only the payload of the IP datagram is handled by the IPSec protocol inserting the IPSec header between the IP header and the upper-layer protocol header. -sa-proposal name Specifies the SA proposal to be included in the transform. You must create the SA proposal first before you can include it in the transform.
ipSecConfig 2 -ltbyte number Specifies the SA proposal’s lifetime in bytes. The SA expiries after the specified number of bytes have been transmitted. This operand is optional. sa Defines the Security Association. An SA specifies the IPSec protocol (AH or ESP), the algorithms used for encryption and authentication, and the expiration definitions used in security associations of the traffic. IKE uses these values in negotiations to create IPSec SAs. You cannot modify an SA once it is created.
2 ipSecConfig policy ike Creates or modifies an IKE policy configuration. No subtype is required with this command. The command defines the following IKE policy parameters: IKE version, IP address of the remote entity, IP address of the local entity, encryption algorithm, hash algorithm, PRF algorithm, DH group, authentication method, path and filename of the preshared key. The syntax is as follows: ipsecConfig --add | --modify ike arguments.
ipSecConfig 2 The following operands are optional (use secCertUtil import to import the key files to the local and remote systems): -psk file Specifies the preshared key filename. -pubkey file Specifies the public key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -privkey file Specifies the private key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -peerpubkey file Specifies the peer public key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -lttime number Specifies the key lifetime in seconds.
2 ipSecConfig -ipsec ah|esp Specifies the IPSec protocol. Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) provides confidentiality, data integrity and data source authentication of IP packets, and protection against replay attacks. Authentication Header (AH) provides data integrity, data source authentication, and protection against replay attacks but, unlike ESP, does not provide confidentiality. -action discard|bypass|protect Specifies the IPSec protection type regarding the traffic flows.
ipSecConfig --delete 2 Deletes a specified policy or all policies of a certain type from the configuration database. You can delete IPSec policies, IKE policies, and SADB entries. When deleting IPSec policies, you have the option to delete specific components only, such as the transform or the selector, and recreate these components without having to recreate the entire policy.
2 ipSecConfig Displays IPSec selector parameters including IPSec policy name, IP address of the local entity, IP address of the remote entity, direction of traffic flow (inbound or outbound), upper layer protocol used, and IPSec transform index.
ipSecConfig 2 Example 1 Secure traffic between two systems using AH protection with MD5 and configure IKE with preshared keys. The two systems are a switch, BROCADE300 (IPv4 address 10.33.74.13), and an external UNIX server (10.33.69.132). 1. On the system console, log into the switch as Admin and enable IPSec. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --enable 2. Create an IPSec SA policy named AH01, which uses AH protection with MD5. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa -t AH01 -p ah -auth hmac_md5 3.
2 ipSecConfig 4. Configure the SA proposal lifetime in seconds. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-ESP -lttime 280000 -sa ESP01 5. Import the public key for the BROCADE300 (Brocade300.pem), the private key for BROCADE300 (Brocade300-key.pem), and the public key of the external host (remote-peer.pem) in X.509 PEM format from the remote certificate server (10.6.103.139). switch:admin> seccertutil import -ipaddr 10.103.6.139 -remotedir /root/certs -certname \ Brocade300.
ipSecConfig 2 3. Create an IPSec SA policy named ESP01, which uses ESP protection with 3DES. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa -t ESP01 -p esp -enc 3des_cbc 4. Create an IPSec proposal IPSEC-AHESP to use an AH01 and ESP01 bundle. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-AHESP -sa AH01,ESP01 5. Import the preshared key file (e.g., ipseckey.psk) using the secCertUtil import command. 6. Create an IKE policy for the remote peer.
2 ipSecConfig IPSec display commands To display the IPSec IKE Policy: switch:admin> ipsecconfig --show policy ike -a IKE-01 version:ikev2 remote:10.33.69.132 local-id:10.33.74.13 remote-id:10.33.69.132 encryption algorithm: 3des_cbc hash algorithm: hmac_md5 prf algorithm: hmac_md5 dh group: 2 1 auth method:rsasig public-key:"/etc/fabos/certs/sw0/thawkcert.pem" private-key:"/etc/fabos/certs/sw0/thawkkey.pem" peer-public-key:"/etc/fabos/certs/sw0/spiritcert.
ipSecConfig 2 To display all IPSec transforms: switch:admin> ipsecconfig --show policy ips transform -a policy-A-B action:auto_ipsec mode:transport local:10.33.69.132 remote:10.33.74.13 sa-proposal:ipsec-esp-a-b ike-policy:remote-B To display all IPSec traffic selectors: switch:admin> ipsecconfig --show policy ips selector -a slt-A-B-any local:10.33.69.132 remote:10.33.74.13 direction:outbound upper-layer-protocol:any transform-used:policy-A-B slt-B-A-any local:10.33.74.13 remote:10.33.69.
2 ipSecConfig References [DISR] "DOD IPv6 Standards Profiles for IPv6 Capable Products", v2.0 (6/15/2007). [NIST] "A Profile for IPv6 in the U.S. Government", v1.0 (1/31/2007). [4301] Kent, S. and K. Seo, "Security Architecture for the Internet Protocol", RFC 4301 (Dec 2005). [4302] Kent, S., "IP Authentication Header", RFC4302 (Dec 2005). [4303] Kent, S., "IP Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)", RFC4303 (Dec 2005). [4306] Kaufman, C., Ed.
iscsiCfg 2 iscsiCfg Configures or displays iSCSI entities.
2 iscsiCfg iscsicfg --show transaction [-h] iscsicfg --clear all [-h] iscsicfg --commit all [-f] [-h] Description Use this command to configure all iSCSI entities (such as authentication (CHAP), discovery domains (DD), discovery domain sets (DDSet), iSCSI virtual targets (VT), and LUN maps). Common actions include --add, --delete, --modify, --show, --enable and --disable; however, not all actions are valid for all operands. Use --commit all to save all entity changes to nonvolatile memory.
iscsiCfg 2 --modify tgt -t target_name -a auth_method [-h] Associates the authentication method auth_method with the target. Valid values for auth_method are CHAP and none. If CHAP is specified, then either one-way or mutual CHAP is enforced, based on the login frame from the host. --addusername tgt -t target_name -u user_list [-h] Binds user names defined in AUTH database to the specific target.
2 iscsiCfg --show dd [-d dd_name] [-h] Displays the DD database; dd_name is optional. ddset Discovery Domain Set parameters. Actions on ddset are: --create ddset -n ddset_name -d dd_list [-h] Creates a DD set entry with the specified ddset_name and dd_list. The DDs in dd_list must already exist. --add ddset -n ddset_name -d dd_list [-h] Adds a new DD to an existing DD set. --delete ddset -n ddset_name [-d dd_list] [-h] Deletes the DD set with ddset_name.
iscsiCfg 2 --commit all [-f] [-h] Commits the iSCSI configuration database to nonvolatile memory. Any modifications made to the database are not saved until an explicit --commit all is issued. If multiple switches in the fabric have uncommitted changes, this operation is rejected. The -f option needs to be used in this case to force the commit operation, in which case uncommitted changes on other switches are erased.
2 iscsiCfg To bind user CHAP to a target: switch:admin> iscsicfg --addusername tgt-t iqn.2005-10.com.brocade.tgt1 -u user1 The operation completed successfully. To unbind user CHAP from a target: switch:admin> iscsicfg --deleteusername tgt -t iqn.2005-10.com.brocade.tgt1 -u user1 The operation completed successfully. To clear the target database: switch:admin> iscsicfg --clear tgt The operation completed successfully.
iscsiCfg 2 To display the DD database: switch:admin> iscsicfg --show dd Number of records found: 1 Name: Status: Num. Members: iqn.2222-23.mytest1 iqn.2343-58.newtest1 iqn.2222-23.mytest3 mynewdd Defined 3 To create a DD set entry: switch:admin> iscsicfg --create ddset -n myddset -d mynewdd The operation completed successfully.
2 iscsiCfg To display the iSCSI initiators that attempted to log in: switch:admin> iscsicfg --show initiator Number of records found: 1 Name iqn.1991-05.com.brocade:initiator1 IP Address 172.16.14.101 switch:admin> iscsicfg --show initiator -i iqn.1991-05.com.brocade:initiator1 Initiator details are: Name IP Address iqn.1991-05.com.brocade:isi154116.englab.brocade.com 172.16.14.101 No. of targets currently accessible to the specified initiator are: 4 iqn.2222-12.com.brocade:tgt1 iqn.2222-12.com.
iscsiChipTest 2 iscsiChipTest Performs functional test of components in iSCSI complex. Synopsis Description Notes iscsichiptest --slot slot -testtype type -unit GigEports Use this command to verify the memory of the network processor and iFlipper FPGA. This command is supported only on the Brocade FR4-16IP blade. On all other platforms, this command displays the message: “Command not applicable to this platform.
2 iscsiHelp iscsiHelp Displays a list of iSCSI support commands. Synopsis Description Note iscsihelp Use this command to display a list of iSCSI support commands with descriptions. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
iscsiPathTest 2 iscsiPathTest Performs functional test of components in iSCSI complex. Synopsis Description Notes iscsipathtest --slot slot -unit number -path mode -nframes count Use this command to verify the functions of the network processor and the iSCSI complex. Multiple frames or data packets are transmitted from the Network processor to designated loopback points and sent back. The command checks statistics, frame counts, data path, and hardware connections in the iSCSI complex.
2 iscsiPortCfg iscsiPortCfg Displays or modifies iSCSI port parameters. Synopsis iscsiportcfg --clearstats slot/geport iscsiportcfg --default slot/geport iscsiportcfg --show slot/geport [-v] iscsiportcfg --modify slot/geport options Description Use this command to display or modify the iSCSI port parameters.
iscsiPortCfg --show -v Examples 2 Displays port-level protocol parameters, statistics, and session information on the specified port. Options include: Specifies verbose mode, which displays the initiator IP, TSID, and the number of connections in addition to the other port-level information. slot Specifies the slot number. This parameter only supports FC4-16IP blades in Brocade 48000 directors. geport Specifies the port number of a GbE port to be configured in the specified slot.
2 iscsiPortCfg See Also 462 iSCSI Abort Task Set: iSCSI Clear ACA: iSCSI Clear Task Set: iSCSI LUN Reset: iSCSI Target Reset: iSCSI Task Reassign: Non FCP in PDU: Non FCP in Octet: Non FCP out PDU: Non FCP out Octet: 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 2576 17 1352 Session details: Session Number: iSCSI Session Type: Initiator Name: Target Name: ISID: 1 Normal iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-iscsi.lab iqn.2002-12.com.
iscsiSessionCfg 2 iscsiSessionCfg Displays iSCSI session/connection details, clears the associated counters, or deletes an iSCSI session/connection. Synopsis iscsisessioncfg --clearstats [-i initiator_iqn] [-t target_iqn] iscsisessioncfg --delete [-i initiator_iqn] [-t target_iqn] iscsisessioncfg --show [-i initiator_iqn] [-t target_iqn] Description Use this command to display iSCSI session/connection details, clear the associated counters, or delete an iSCSI session/connection.
2 iscsiSessionCfg Max. Burst Length First Burst Length Max outstanding R2T Default time to retain Default time to wait Error recovery level Initial R2T 256KB 512B 1 20s 2s 0 Off iSCSI Operating Login Parameters: Connection Level Connection Index: 1 Parameter Name Self Value Max. Recv.
iscsiSwCfg 2 iscsiSwCfg Displays or configures the iSCSI switch level configuration. Synopsis iscsiswcfg --enableconn -s slot number | all iscsiswcfg --disableconn -s slot number | all iscsiswcfg --showconn -s slot number | all iscsiswcfg --modifygw -t target name iscsiswcfg --showgw Description Note Operands Examples Use this command to display the iSCSI switch level configuration and to configure the iSCSI connection redirection and target name prefix.
2 islShow islShow Displays interswitch link (ISL) information. Synopsis Description islshow Use this command to display the current connections and status of the interswitch link (ISL) for each port on a switch.
isnscCfg 2 isnscCfg Displays or modifies the configuration state of the iSNS client operation. Synopsis isnsccfg --set slot | geport -s server_ip isnsccfg --set -m -s server_ip isnsccfg --reregister isnsccfg --show isnsccfg --clear Description Note Operands Examples Use this command to display and update the configuration state of the iSNS client daemon. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 isnscCfg To register the iSNS objects: switch:admin> isnsccfg --reregister Initiated re-register of iSNS objects with iSNS server To clear the IP address of iSNS server: switch:admin> isnsccfg --clear Cleared iSNS server configuration.
itemList 2 itemList Lists parameter syntax information. Synopsis item_list = element | element white item_list element = item | item - item item = num | slot [white]/ [white] num slot = num num = hex | int int = int digit | digit hex = 0x hex digit | hex hex digit digit = 0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9 hex digit = digit |A|B|C|D|E|F|a|b|c|d|e|f white = *["\t\f\r ,"] Description All kernel diagnostics have at least one item list parameter to specify which ports to test.
2 itemList The exact type of list varies, depending on the test and the parameter; however, the most common are blade ports and user ports. A list of blade ports is most commonly used by ASIC-level tests such as turboRamTest and represents which ports on the current blade (specified with --slot number) are tested. A list of user ports is used by higher-level tests to specify which user-accessible external ports within the current switch (selected during Telnet login) are tested.
killTelnet 2 killTelnet Terminates an open Telnet session. Synopsis killtelnet Description Use this command to terminate an open Telnet session. The command lists all current Telnet and serial port login sessions and information such as session number, login name, idle time, IP address of the connection, and timestamp of when the login session was opened. The command prompts you to specify the number of the session you want to terminate.
2 ldapCfg ldapCfg Maps LDAP AD server roles to default switch roles. ldapcfg --maprole ldaprole switchrole ldapcfg --unmaprole ldaprole ldapcfg --show ldapcfg --help Description Use this command to map a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Active Directory (AD) server role to one of the default roles available on a switch. This command also provides an option to remove an existing mapping.
ldapCfg Examples --show Displays a table of existing mappings between LDAP roles and their corresponding switch role. --help Displays the command usage.
2 lfCfg lfCfg Configures and displays logical fabrics. Synopsis lfcfg [--show | --showall] -cfg lfcfg [--show | --showall] -lisl [-v] lfcfg [--show -xisl [slot]port |--showall -xisl lfcfg --lislenable lfcfg --help Description Use this command to display logical fabric configuration information, to determine the status of logical interswitch links (LISLs), to enable LISLs between logical switches, and to display information about the XISLs and LISLs associated with each XISL.
lfCfg 2 Associated physical ports Physical ports associated with the LISL ports. When lfCfg is issued within a logical switch context, only the configuration regarding that switch and the fabrics reachable from that switch is displayed. When the command is issued in a chassis context the information for all chassis in the base fabric reachable from the current chassis is displayed. Executing chassis-level commands requires chassis permissions.
2 lfCfg Examples To display logical fabric information for FID 2 in all chassis reachable from the base fabric.
lfCfg 2 To display information about all LISLs in the chassis: switch:admin> lfcfg --showall -lisl FID 2 3 Port# 384 385 remote-domain 24 24 Name sw0 sw0 State PT Online PT Online To display all XISLs and the LISLs associated with each XISL: switch:admin> lfcfg --showall -xisl XISL Port No. : 12/30 LISL Pt.
2 licenseAdd licenseAdd Adds a license key to a switch. Synopsis Description licenseadd license Use this command to add a license key to a switch. Some features of the switch and the fabric to which it is connected are optional, licensed products. Without a valid license installed for such products, their services are not available. A license key is a string of any length consisting of upper- and lowercase letters and numbers. License keys are case-sensitive.
licenseHelp 2 licenseHelp Displays commands used to administer license keys. Synopsis Description Notes licensehelp Use this command to display a list of the commands used to administer license keys. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 licenseIdShow licenseIdShow Displays the system license ID. Synopsis Description licenseidshow Use this command to display the license ID of the system. Some features of the switch and the fabric are optional, licensed products. Without a license installed for such products, the services provided by these features are not available. This command displays the system license ID used for generating and validating licenses on the system.
licensePort 2 licensePort Manages Dynamic Ports On Demand (DPOD) licenses. Synopsis licenseport --release port licenseport --reserve port licenseport --show lcenseport --method dynamic | static Description Use this command to manage and display Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) license assignments. Dynamic Ports On Demand (DPOD) is an optional feature available on all embedded platforms.
2 licensePort To release a port from a Dynamic POD license assignment and to display the assignments: switch:admin> licenseport --release 22 switch:admin> licenseport --show 24 ports are available in this switch 1 POD license is installed Dynamic POD method is in use 24 port assignments are provisioned for use in this switch: 12 port assignments are provisioned by the base switch license 12 port assignments are provisioned by the first POD license * 0 more assignments are added if the second POD license i
licenseRemove 2 licenseRemove Removes or deactivates a license key. Synopsis Description licenseremove license Use this command to remove an existing license key from a switch or to deactivate the license key. The existing license key must be entered exactly as shown by licenseShow, including case. When the key has been removed, use the licenseShow command to verify that the key and the associated product have been uninstalled. You must reboot the switch after removing a license.
2 licenseRemove 8 Gig FC license Expiry Date 03/06/2009 License is expired Hf7MBEEGCFNmTAWXXF99RtHXQN4RRtM3mLGtrWZLAMaTaAY9EB: Storage Application Services license Expiry Date 03/07/2009 See Also 484 licenseAdd, licenseHelp, licenseIdShow, licenseShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
licenseShow 2 licenseShow Displays current license keys. Synopsis Description licenseshow Use this command to display current license keys, along with a list of licensed products enabled by these keys.
2 licenseShow To display the license keys on a switch with temporary (expired) licenses installed: switch:admin> licenseShow 7QmYFYJrmDgE9tTS4AYXB9trYSGtMtrQZSTK4ZSC7FC9ZAYAgE: Integrated Routing license Expiry Date 01/16/2008 License is expired 33YBfZfKZ3tQKrRJJRtgmS3JDtCL99P4fYrJYQP7GffS4ASmNE: Enterprise Bundle license Expiry Date 01/16/2008 License is expired To display the license keys on a switch with universal time-based and slot-based licenses installed (the first two examples show time-based, th
licenseSlotCfg 2 licenseSlotCfg Configures and displays slot-based licensed features. Synopsis licenseslotcfg –-add feature slot licenseslotcfg –-remove feature slot licenseslotcfg –-show licenseslotcfg –-help Description Use this command to configure and manage licenses for the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade on the slot where the blade is installed.
2 licenseSlotCfg –-help Examples Displays the command usage.
licenseSlotCfg 2 Advanced Extension (FTR_AE) license Capacity 8 Consumed 4 Configured Blade Slots 3,4,11,12 switch:admin> licenseslotcfg --show FTR_10G license - blade slots configured = 1,3,5,12 FTR_AE license - blade slots configured = 3,4,11,12 FTR_AFA license - blade slots configured = 3,4 To deactivate the Advanced Extension license on slots 3 and 12, and to display the: results: switch:admin> licenseslotcfg --remove FTR_AE 3 Blade slot-3 removed from FTR_AE slot-based license configuration switch:a
2 licenseSlotCfg To remove the Advanced Extension license completely (marked inactive): switch:admin> licenseremove DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA removing license-key [DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA] switch:admin> licenseshow SSezcSec9RXTf0dj: Performance Monitor license KgrfCBHgRtfBrGKH4D7f9S3FBX7K3MtTtBHKrYHA4CMB: 10 Gigabit Ethernet (FTR_10G) license Capacity 8 Consumed 4 Configured Blade Slots 1,3,5,12 A7N9rATZLYgFa7JBfmGEJKETgCMHFGQMY4gfLmGAa4GA: Advanced FICON Accelerati
linkCost 2 linkCost Sets or displays the Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) cost of a link. Synopsis Description linkcost [[slot/]port [cost]] Use this command to set or display the cost of an interswitch link (ISL). The cost of a link is a dimensionless positive number. The FSPF protocol compares the cost of various paths between a source switch and a destination switch by adding the costs of all the ISLs along each path. FSPF chooses the path with minimum cost.
2 linkCost cost Examples Specifies the static cost of the link connected to the specified port. Valid values are 0 to 65,535. Assigning a value outside this range will fail and generate an error. A value of 0 removes the static cost and the port reverts to its default link cost. If cost is not specified, the command displays the current cost of the specified port.
login 2 login Logs in as new user. Synopsis Description login Use this command to log in to the switch with another user name and password, without first logging out from the original session. If you originally connected through a Telnet or rlogin session, that session is left open. This command allows you to access commands that you cannot access at your current user level. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 logout logout Logs out from a shell session. Synopsis Description logout Use this command to log out from a shell session. Remote login connections are closed and the local serial connections return to the login prompt. The exit command is accepted as a synonym for logout, as is Ctrl-D at the beginning of a line.
lsanZoneShow 2 lsanZoneShow Displays logical SAN zone information. Synopsis Description lsanzoneshow [-s] [-f fabricid] [-w wwn] [-z zonename] Use this command to display the inter-fabric zones or LSAN zones. These zones are normal WWN zones created in FC Router EX_Port-connected fabrics and backbone fabrics. The LSAN zones are identified by the text string “lsan_” in the zone name. Note that the string is case insensitive so “LSAN_” also is valid.
2 lsanZoneShow Examples To display the LSAN zones: switch:admin> lsanzoneshow Fabric ID: 4 Zone Name: lsan_fcr10_0 50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83 50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68 21:00:00:20:37:18:22:55 Fabric ID: 5 Zone Name: lsan_fcr11_0 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68 21:00:00:20:37:18:22:55 50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83 50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e switch# See Also 496 fcrFabricShow, fcrPhyDevShow, fcrProxyDevShow, fcrRouteShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
lsCfg 2 lsCfg Configures and manages a logical switch Synopsis lscfg --create FID [-b | -base] [-f | -force] lscfg --delete FID lscfg --config FID -slot slot1[-slot2] [-port [ port1[-port2]] [-f |-force] lscfg --restore_to_default FID lscfg --restore_slot_to_default slot lscfg --change FID [[-newfid FID] | [-base]] [-force] lscfg --show [-ge] [-provision] lscfg --help Description Use this command to create a logical switch and to modify logical switch configurations.
2 lsCfg -b | -base Creates a base logical switch on the chassis. A base logical switch communicates among different logical switches. Legacy switches can be connected to the base logical switch through EX_Ports, and interswitch links (ISLs) between base logical switches enable communication among different logical switches. This operand is optional. -f | -force Executes the command without confirmation. This operand is optional.
lsCfg -f | -force --show 2 Executes the command without confirmation. This operand is optional. Displays the partition configuration on a switch or chassis. Without any operands, the command displays all logical switches and the FC ports assigned to them. For each switch, the FID and switch role are displayed: base switch (BS) or default switch (DS). The following operands are optional with the --show option. -ge Displays partition configuration information for GbE ports.
2 lsCfg To assign ports to a logical switch: switch:admin> lscfg --config 2 -port 10-12 This operation requires that the affected ports be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Making this configuration change. Please wait... Configuration change successful. Please enable your ports/switch when you are ready to continue. To assign ports to a logical switch without confirmation: switch:admin> lscfg --config 2 -port 0-4 -force Configuration change successful. Making this configuration change.
lsCfg 2 To display the partition configuration for all slots with the -ge option: switch:admin> lscfg --show -provision -ge Created switches: 128(ds) 2(bs) 1 Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ------------------------------------------------------Port 0 | 128 | 2 | | | | | 128 | 128 | 1 | 128 | 2 | | | | | 128 | 128 | 2 | 128 | 2 | | | | | 128 | 128 | 3 | 128 | 2 | | | | | 128 | 128 | 4 | 128 | 2 | | | | | 128 | 128 | 5 | 128 | 2 | | | | | 128 | 128 | 6 | 128 | 2 | | | | | 128 | 128 | 7 | 128 | 2 | | | | | 128 | 128 |
2 lsCfg To make logical switch FID 1 the base switch with confirmation: switch:admin> lscfg --change 1 -base Creation of a base switch requires that the proposed new base switch on this system be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Disabling the proposed new base switch... Disabling switch fid 1 Please enable your switches when ready.
lsDbShow 2 lsDbShow Displays the Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) link state database. Synopsis Description lsdbshow [domain] Use this command to display an FSPF link state database record for switches in the fabric or for a specified domain. There are two types of database entries: • The link state database entry, which is permanently allocated. • The link state record (LSR), which is allocated when a switch is connected to the fabric. The LSR describes the links between connected domains in a fabric.
2 lsDbShow TABLE 24 Note Operands Description advertiser Domain ID of the switch that originated this LSR. incarn Incarnation number of this LSR. length Total length, in bytes, of this LSR. Includes header and link state information for all links. chksum Checksum of total LSR, with exception of lsAge field. linkCnt Number of links in this LSR. Each link represents a neighbor in NB_ST_FULL state. flags Always 0. LinkId ID of this link.
lsDbShow mOutIfsP[4] mOutIfsP[5] mOutIfsP[6] parent mPathCost mHopsFromRoot = = = = = = 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0xf0 0 0 Link State Record: Link State Record pointer = 0x109784b0 lsAge = 321 reserved = 0 type = 1 options = 0x0 lsId = 1 advertiser = 1 incarn = 0x80000185 length = 60 chksum = 0x168a linkCnt = 2, flags = 0x0 LinkId = 91, out port = 28, rem port = LinkId = 91, out port = 29, rem port = See Also 2 28, cost = 500, costCnt = 0, type = 1 29, cost = 500, costCnt = 0, type = 1 interf
2 memShow memShow Displays the amounts of free and used memory in a switch. Synopsis memshow [-b | -k | -m] Description Use this command to display free and used memory in the switch, as well as the shared memory and buffers used by the kernel. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
msCapabilityShow 2 msCapabilityShow Displays the Management Server (MS) capabilities. Synopsis mscapabilityshow Description Use this command to display the supported capabilities of the Management Server for each switch in the fabric. An asterisk displays next to the name of the local switch. Notes Reliable commit service (RCS) is a fabric-wide capability and is supported only if all the switches in the fabric support the service.
2 msConfigure msConfigure Configures the Management Server (MS) access control list (ACL). Synopsis Description msconfigure Use this command to configure the MS Access Control List (ACL). The MS allows a Storage Area Network (SAN) management application to retrieve and administer the fabric and Interconnect Elements, such as switches. This application is located at the Fibre Channel well-known address, 0xFFFFFA. If the MS ACL is empty (default), The MS is available to all systems connected to the fabric.
msConfigure 2 0 Done 1 Display the access list 2 Add member based on its Port/Node WWN 3 Delete member based on its Port/Node WWN select : (0..3) [1] 0 done ...
2 msPlatShow msPlatShow Displays the Management Server (MS) platform database. Synopsis msplatshow Description Use this command to display information from the MS platform database. This command displays the name of each platform object with the platform type (GATEWAY, HOST_BUS_ADAPTER, and so forth), associated management addresses, and associated node names. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
msPlatShowDBCB 2 msPlatShowDBCB Displays the Management Server (MS) platform service database control block. Synopsis Description Note msplatshowdbcb Use this command to display the control block fields associated with the platform database. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 msPlClearDB msPlClearDB Clears the Management Server (MS) platform database on all switches in the fabric. Synopsis Description Notes msplcleardb Use this command to clear the MS platform database in the entire fabric. Because this operation cannot be undone, it should not be performed unless it is intended to resolve a database conflict between two joining fabrics or to establish an entirely new fabric with an empty database.
msPlMgmtActivate 2 msPlMgmtActivate Activates the Management Server (MS) platform service. Synopsis Description Notes msplmgmtactivate Use this command to activate the MS platform service throughout the fabric. This command attempts to activate the MS platform service for each switch in the fabric. The change takes effect immediately and is committed to the configuration database of each affected switch. MS activation is persistent across power cycles and reboots.
2 msPlMgmtDeactivate msPlMgmtDeactivate Deactivates the Management Server (MS) platform service. Synopsis msplmgmtdeactivate Description Use this command to deactivate the MS platform service throughout the fabric. This command deactivates the MS platform service for each switch in the fabric and commits the change to nonvolatile storage. Notes When an FCS policy is enabled, this command can be issued only from the primary FCS switch.
msTdDisable 2 msTdDisable Disables the Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. Synopsis Description Notes mstddisable ["ALL"] Use this command to disable the management server topology discovery service on a local switch or an entire fabric. This change takes effect immediately and commits to the configuration database for all affected switches. The change is persistent across power cycles and reboots.
2 msTdEnable msTdEnable Enables the Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. Synopsis Description Notes mstdenable ["ALL"] Use this command to enable the MS topology discovery service on the local switch or throughout the fabric. The change takes effect immediately and commits to the configuration database for all affected switches. The change is persistent across power cycles and reboots.
msTdReadConfig 2 msTdReadConfig Displays the status of The Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. Synopsis mstdreadconfig Description Use this command to check whether or not the management server topology discovery service is enabled. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 myId myId Displays the current login session details. Synopsis Description myid Use this command to display the status of the system and the login session details. This includes IPv4 or IPv6 addresses associated with the login session. The login session gives details of the following: • CP/switch (or console/serial port) used to log in. • The IP address of the current login session for Telnet or the name of the current console port or the serial port (if modem login used).
nbrStateShow 2 nbrStateShow Displays the state of FSPF neighbors. Synopsis Description nbrstateshow [slot/][port] Use this command to display information about fabric shortest path first (FSPF) neighbors to the local switch or information about a neighbor to a specified port. FSPF defines a neighbor as a remote E_Port interface that is directly attached to the local switch. However, if ports are trunked, the command displays data only about the trunk master.
2 nbrStateShow Examples To display information about a neighbor directly connected to the local switch: switch:user> nbrstateshow 2/0 Local Domain ID: 1 Local Port Domain Remote Port State ------------------------------------------------------16 2 48 NB_ST_FULL See Also 520 interfaceShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
nbrStatsClear 2 nbrStatsClear Resets FSPF interface counters. Synopsis Description Note Operands Examples nbrstatsclear [slot/][port] Use this command to reset the counters of fabric shortest path first (FSPF) frames transmitted and received on all interswitch links (ISLs) or on a specified ISL Use this command without operands to reset counters on all interfaces. Use interfaceShow to view the FSPF counters.
2 nbrStatsClear To reset the counters on a port: switch:admin> nbrstatsclear 1/0 To verify the changes: switch:admin> interfaceshow 1/0 idbP = 0x10050a38 Interface 0 data structure: nghbP ifNo masterPort defaultCost cost = = = = = 0x1004ce68 0 0 (self) 500 500 (output truncated) See Also 522 interfaceShow, portShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
2 nodeFind nodeFind Displays all device Name Server (NS) entries matching a given WWN, device PID, or alias. Synopsis Description nodefind WWN | PID | ALIAS Use this command to display the NS information for all devices in the fabric that have either a port world wide name (WWN) or a node WWN matching the given WWN; or have a device PID matching the given PID; or have a defined configuration alias to which the device belongs matching the given alias.
2 nodeFind Device Shared in Other AD: No Aliases: a320 NL 0314d4; 3;22:00:00:04:cf:9f:26:7e;20:00:00:04:cf:9f:26:7e; 0 FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST336605FC 0003] Fabric Port Name: 20:14:00:60:69:80:04:79 Permanent Port Name: 22:00:00:04:cf:9f:26:7e Device type: Physical Target Port Index: 20 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Aliases: a320 To display all the device information matching the WWN "20:00:00:e0:8b:01:ce:d3": switch:user> nodefind 20:00:00:e0:8b:01:ce:d3 Remote: Type Pid COS PortName NodeNa
nsAliasShow 2 nsAliasShow Displays local Name Server (NS) information, with aliases. Synopsis Description nsaliasshow [-r ][-t] Use this command to display local name server information with the added feature of displaying the defined configuration aliases to which the device belongs. If there are no defined configuration aliases for that device, no alias is displayed. If there is no information in this switch, the following message is displayed: "There is no entry in the Local Name Server.
2 nsAliasShow Examples To display local NS information with aliases: switch:user> nsaliasshow { Type Pid COS PortName NodeName N 010600; 3;20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71;10:00:00:05:1e:38:81:71; Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Permanent Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71 Port Index: 6 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: MyAlias1 MyAlias2 N 010601; 3;23:0d:00:05:1e:38:81:71;50:00:51:e3:88:17:10:0d; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [44] "Brocade Ioblaster Port Entity #00,pi
2 nsAliasShow Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: N 010602; 3;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01; 3 FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [41] "Brocade Ioblaster Initiator#00,pid#10602.
2 nsAllShow nsAllShow Displays global name server information. Synopsis Description Note Operands nsallshow [type] Use this command to display the 24-bit Fibre Channel addresses of all devices in all switches in the fabric. When used with the type operand, the command displays only devices of the specified FC-4 type. FC-4 type codes are referenced in the Fibre Channel Framing and Signaling (FC-FS) standards documentation (see “TYPE codes – FC-4”). When used without operand, all devices are displayed.
nsCamShow 2 nsCamShow Displays information about remote devices in the Name Server (NS) cache. Synopsis Description nscamshow [-t] Use this command to display the local NS cache information about the devices discovered in the fabric by the NS cache manager.
2 nsCamShow • iSCSI Device is connected to the iSCSI port. The second attribute indicates the role of the device. Valid role attributes include the following: • • • • Examples Unknown (initiator/target) - Device role is not detected Initiator - An iSCSI initiator. Target - An iSCSI target. Initiator+Target - Both an iSCSI initiator and an iSCSI target.
nsCamShow N N N N 2 Redirect: No Partial: No 5c1800; 3;23:05:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:05; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [45] "Brocade VDPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#01,Entity#02." Fabric Port Name: 20:18:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a Permanent Port Name: 23:05:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a Port Index: 24 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No 5c1900; 3;23:03:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:03; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [45] "Brocade VDPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#01,Entity#01.
2 nsCamShow Redirect: No Partial: No N 5c1200; 3;23:04:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:04; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [45] "Brocade VDPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#00,Entity#02.
nsShow 2 nsShow Displays local Name Server (NS) information. Synopsis Description nsshow [-r][-t] Use this command to display local NS information about devices connected to a switch. If no information is available for the switch, the command displays the message: “There is no entry in the Local Name Server.” Use nsAllShow to display NS information for all switches in the fabric. Each line of output displays the following information: Type Displays U for unknown, N for N_Port, NL for NL_Port.
2 nsShow The following information is displayed only if the device has registered the information (for example, the switch automatically registers SCSI inquiry data for FCP target devices): • • • • FC4s supported IP address Port and node symbolic names Fabric Port Name. This is the WWN of the port on the switch to which the device is physically connected.
nsShow Examples 2 To display local NS information: switch:user> nsshow { Type Pid COS PortName NodeName TTL(sec) N 010100; 3;21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10;20:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10; na FC4s: FCP NodeSymb: [41] "QLA2340 FW:v3.03.06 DVR:v9.0.0.
2 nsShow o display local name server information with -r and -t options. switch:user> nsshow -r -t { Type Pid COS PortName NodeName SCR N 010100; 3;21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10;20:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10; 1 FC4s: FCP NodeSymb: [41] "QLA2340 FW:v3.03.06 DVR:v9.0.0.
nsZoneMember 2 nsZoneMember Displays the information on online devices zoned with a specified device. Synopsis nszonemember pid | wwn nszonemember -a | -u Description Use this command to display information on all online devices zoned with the specified device. The device can be specified by WWN or Port ID (PID). Use this command with the -u option to display all unzoned devices in the entire fabric. Use the -a option to display online zoned device data for each local device.
2 nsZoneMember -u Examples Displays all unzoned devices in the entire fabric. The device data includes the device PID and zone alias.
nsZoneMember 2 Port: 13 Pid: 0xb00d00 Aliases: ix360_131_196p5 Zoned Members: 2 devices Pid: 0xb00d00 Aliases: ix360_131_196p5 Pid: 0xe07d00 Aliases: hds9200_6p4 hds9200_6p4 Port: 14 Pid: 0xb00e00 Aliases: dl360_130251a dl360_130251a Zoned Members: 2 devices Pid: 0xb00e00 Aliases: dl360_130251a dl360_130251a Pid: 0xba1ae4 Aliases: trimm100a_2 To display all the unzoned devices in the fabric: switch:admin> nszonemember -u Pid: 0xb01ea9; Aliases: trimm32b_1 Pid: 0xb01eaa; Aliases: trimm32b_2 Pid: 0xb01eab;
2 passwd passwd Changes the password for a specified user. Synopsis Description passwd [user_account] [-old old_password] [-new new_password] Use this command to change a user account password. Passwords can be changed locally on any switch. For the password database to be distributed to other switches in the fabric, the switches must be configured to accept the password database with the fddCfg command. The password database is distributed manually with the distribute command.
passwd 2 • Changing the password of any user level causes the login session of that account (if logged in) to terminate. Operands When this command is invoked without an operand, the password is changed for the current user account. The following operand is optional: user_account Specifies the user account for which the password is to be changed. The user account must be an existing account, either default or user-created.
2 passwd You have not specified a valid recognized user name on the system. Permission denied You do not have permission to change the password for the specified user. Incorrect password You have not entered the correct password when prompted for the old password. Password unchanged You have entered the carriage return special input case, choosing not to change the password. Passwords do not match You have not correctly verified the new password.
passwdCfg 2 passwdCfg Manages the password policies. Synopsis passwdcfg --set options value passwdcfg --disableadminlockout passwdcfg --enableadminlockout passwdcfg --setdefault passwdcfg --showall passwdcfg --help Description Use this command to manage password policies.
2 passwdCfg policy is enforced across all user accounts except the root, factory, and SecurityAdmin role accounts. A separate configuration option, available to the SecurityAdmin and Admin role accounts, may be used to enable and disable applications of the account lockout policy to Admin role accounts. A failed login attempt counter is maintained for each user on each switch instance. The counters for all user accounts are reset to zero when the account lockout policy is enabled.
passwdCfg 2 -minpasswordage value Specifies the minimum number of days that must elapse before a password can be changed. -minpasswordage can be set at 0 to 999. The default value is 0. Setting this parameter to a nonzero value discourages a user from rapidly changing a password in order to defeat the password history setting to reuse a recently used password. The minpasswordage policy is not enforced when an administrator changes the password for another user..
2 passwdCfg -sequence value Specifies the length of sequential character sequences that will be disallowed. A sequential character sequence is defined as a character sequence in which the ASCII value of each contiguous character differs by one. The ASCII value for the characters in the sequence must all be increasing or all decreasing. For example, if the "sequence" value is set to 3, a password "passABCword" is disallowed because it contains the sequence "ABC".
passwdCfg 2 lowercase value out of range The -lowercase value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value. uppercase value out of range The -uppercase value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value. digits value out of range The -digits value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value.
2 pathInfo pathInfo Displays routing information and statistics along a path covering multiple switches. Synopsis pathinfo pathinfo -f FID destination_switch [destination_port] [-r] [-t] pathinfo destination_switch [source_port[destination_port]] [-r] [-t] Description Use this command to display routing information from a source port on the local switch to a destination port on another switch. The command output describes the exact data path between these ports, including all intermediate switches.
pathInfo 2 In Port The port on which the switch receives frames. For hop 0, this is source_port. identified by the port index. Domain ID The domain ID of the switch. Name The name of the switch. Out Port The output port that the frames take to reach the next hop. For the last hop, this is destination_port identified by the port index. BW The bandwidth of the output interswitch link (ISL), in Gbps. This parameter does not apply to the embedded port.
2 pathInfo Frames The total number of frames. Errors The total number of errors that may have caused a frame not to be received correctly. This includes cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors, bad end-of-frame (EOF) errors, frame truncated errors, frame-too-short errors, and encoding errors inside a frame.
pathInfo 2 destination_port Specifies the port on the destination switch for the path being traced. This operand returns the state of this port. The embedded port (-1) is used by default, or if you specify a destination port that is not active. The destination is specified as the port index. "-r" Displays the reverse path in addition to the forward path. This operand is optional. -t Displays the command output in traceroute format. When this operand is used, only routing information is displayed.
2 pathInfo To display basic path information in traceroute format with reverse path option: switch:admin> pathinfo 4 -r -t Target port is Embedded Hop Domain ID (Name) Time/hop ---------------------------------------------------1 11 (mps_daz_1) 32882 usec 2 4 (METEOR) 32882 usec 3 11 (mps_daz_1) 32882 usec 4 97 (pulsar055) 32882 usec To display path information when source port and destination port are provided along with the traceroute option: switch:admin> pathinfo 6 12 13 -t Target port is F_Port Hop
pathInfo 2 B/s (64s) 1 1 Txcrdz (1s) 0 Txcrdz (64s) 0 F/s (1s) 0 0 F/s (64s) 2743 0 Words 2752748 2822763 Frames 219849 50881 Errors 0 Hop In Port Domain ID (Name) Out Port BW Cost --------------------------------------------------------1 3 10 (web229) 12 1G 1000 Port 3 12 Tx Rx Tx Rx ----------------------------------------------B/s (1s) 36 76 0 0 B/s (64s) 5 5 5 5 Txcrdz (1s) 0 0 Txcrdz (64s) 0 0 F/s (1s) 1 1 0 0 F/s (64s) 0 0 0 0 Words 240434036 2294316 2119951 2121767 Frames 20025929 54999 162338 5671
2 pdShow pdShow Displays data from a panic dump file. Synopsis Description pdshow [panic_dump_file] Use this command to display data from a panic dump file. The panic dump file contains information that might be useful to determine the cause of the system panic. When executed without any arguments, this command displays output from the latest panic dump file available on the switch. If a panic dump file is specified as an argument, the contents of that specific file are displayed.
perfAddEEMonitor 2 perfAddEEMonitor Adds an end-to-end monitor to a port. Synopsis Description perfaddeemonitor [slot/]port SourceID DestID Use this command to add an end-to-end performance monitor to a port. The performance monitor counts the number of words received, number of words transmitted, and number of CRC errors detected using either of the following two conditions: 1.
2 perfAddEEMonitor Examples SourceID Specifies the 3-byte SID (Source ID) of the originator device. It should be in "0xDDAAPP" format, where DD is domain ID, AA is area ID and PP is AL_PA ID. For example, 0x050200 has a domain ID of 5, an area ID of 2, and an AL_PA ID of 0. SourceID and DestID both cannot be 0x000000. DestID Specifies the 3-byte DID (destination ID) of the destination device. It should be in "0xDDAAPP" format, where DD is domain ID, AA is area ID and PP is AL_PA ID.
perfAddEEMonitor 2 2. Get name server information. Name server info shows four devices (two of which are virtual) connected to the Encryption Switch along with their PIDs: EncryptionSwitch:SecurityAdmin>nsshow { Type Pid COS PortName NodeName TTL(sec) N 0a0100; 3;2f:ff:00:06:2b:0e:b3:3c;2f:ff:00:06:2b:0e:b3:3c; na FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [18] "SANBlaze V3.
2 perfAddEEMonitor 4. Add another EE monitor on port 1 between the Virtual Target SID and the Target DID: EncryptionSwitch:SecurityAdmin> perfaddeemonitor 1 0x0a2001 0x01a000 End-to-End monitor number 1 added. 5. Display the EE monitors on the Encryption Switch: EncryptionSwitch:SecurityAdmin> perfmonitorshow --class EE 1 There are 2 end-to-end monitor(s) defined on port 1.
perfAddIPMonitor 2 perfAddIPMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for IP frame count. Synopsis Description perfaddipmonitor [slot/]port [alias] Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that will count the number of IP traffic frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor. Use the perfMonitorShow command for a listing of valid keys and user-defined aliases.
2 perfAddIPMonitor Examples To add an IP monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddipmonitor 1/4 IP_MONITOR IP traffic frame monitor #0 added See Also 560 perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
perfAddReadMonitor 2 perfAddReadMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for the SCSI Read command. Synopsis Description perfaddreadmonitor [slot/]port [alias] Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that counts the number of SCSI FCP Read commands in Fibre Channel frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor. Use the perfMonitorShow command for a listing of valid keys and user-defined aliases.
2 perfAddReadMonitor Examples To add an SCSI read monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddreadmonitor 2/4 SCSI_R SCSI Read filter monitor #2 added See Also 562 perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
perfAddRWMonitor 2 perfAddRWMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for the SCSI read and write commands. Synopsis Description perfaddrwmonitor [slot/]port [alias] Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that counts the number of SCSI FCP Read and Write commands in Fibre Channel frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor.
2 perfAddRWMonitor Examples To add an SCSI read and write monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddrwmonitor 2/4 SCSI_RW SCSI Read/Write filter monitor #4 added See Also 564 perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
perfAddSCSIMonitor 2 perfAddSCSIMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for SCSI frame count. Synopsis Description perfaddscsimonitor [slot/]port [alias] Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that counts the number of SCSI traffic frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor. Use the perfMonitorShow command for a listing of valid keys and user-defined aliases.
2 perfAddSCSIMonitor Examples To add a SCSI traffic frame monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddscsimonitor 2/4 “SCSI FR” SCSI traffic frame monitor #0 added See Also 566 perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
perfAddUserMonitor 2 perfAddUserMonitor Adds a user-defined filter-based performance monitor. Synopsis Description perfaddusermonitor [slot/]port "grouplist" [alias] Use this command to define a custom filter for frame offsets and values. For every offset, each group of comparison values is evaluated using the Boolean OR operator to determine a match.
2 perfAddUserMonitor "grouplist" Specifies up to six sets of offset, mask, and ValueList, separated by semicolons (;). The entire grouplist operand must be enclosed in quotation marks. For example: "4, 0xff, 0x22; 12, 0xff, 0x01" The grouplist component values are as follows: Offset Specifies the offset within the frame. Offset 0 is the first byte of the SOF, and offset 4 is the first byte of the frame header. The offset must be in decimal format. Valid values for offset are 0, [4-63].
perfAddWriteMonitor 2 perfAddWriteMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for the SCSI write command. Synopsis Description perfaddwritemonitor [slot/]port [alias] Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that counts the number of SCSI FCP write commands in Fibre Channel frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor. Use the perfMonitorShow command for a listing of valid keys and user-defined aliases.
2 perfAddWriteMonitor Examples To add an SCSI Write command monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddwritemonitor 2/4 SCSI_W SCSI Write filter monitor #0 added See Also 570 perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
perfCfgClear 2 perfCfgClear Clears the previously saved performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. Synopsis Description Notes perfcfgclear Use this command to clear the previously saved end-to-end and filter configuration settings of performance monitoring from nonvolatile memory. This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, M (Mirror) ports and GbE ports.
2 perfCfgRestore perfCfgRestore Restores performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. Synopsis Description Notes perfcfgrestore Use this command to restore the performance monitoring configuration information from nonvolatile memory. This does not restore the information cleared by the perfCfgClear command; rather, it restores the configuration from nonvolatile memory. The perfCfgRestore command overwrites any configuration changes that were not saved.
perfCfgSave 2 perfCfgSave Saves performance monitoring configuration settings to nonvolatile memory. Synopsis Description perfcfgsave Use this command to save the current Performance Monitor configuration for end-to-end (EE) and filter configuration settings of performance monitoring into nonvolatile memory. Configurations are saved persistently across power cycles.
2 perfClearAlpaCrc perfClearAlpaCrc Clears the CRC error count associated with a port and arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA). Synopsis Description Notes perfclearalpacrc [slot/]port [ALPA] Use this command to clear a specific cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error counter associated with a specific port and AL_PA, or all such counters on a port. This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license.
perfDelEEMonitor 2 perfDelEEMonitor Deletes one or all end-to-end performance monitors from a port. Synopsis Description Notes perfdeleemonitor [slot/]port [monitorId] Use this command to delete an end-to-end performance monitor from a port, or all such monitors associated with a port. This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, M (Mirror) ports and GbE ports.
2 perfDelFilterMonitor perfDelFilterMonitor Deletes one or all filter-based performance monitors from a port. Synopsis Description Notes perfdelfiltermonitor [slot/]port [monitorid] Use this command to delete a filter-based performance monitor from a port, or all such monitors associated with a port. This command is being deprecated along with the commands listed below. Use the new fmConfig command instead.
perfDelFilterMonitor Examples 2 To delete filter monitor 4 from a port, and then all filter monitors from the port: switch:admin> perfdelfiltermonitor 2/3 4 The specified filter-based monitor is deleted.
2 perfHelp perfHelp Displays performance monitoring help information. Synopsis Description Note perfhelp Use this command to display the help commands available for performance monitoring. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
perfHelp perfShowPortEEMask perfTTmon perfResourceShow See Also 2 Show the current end-to-end mask Install Top Talker monitor Display performance monitor resources for a logical switch.
2 perfMonitorClear perfMonitorClear Clears counters of end-to-end, filter-based, and ISL performance monitors on a port. Synopsis Description perfmonitorclear --class monitor_class [slot/]port [monitorId] Use this command to clear counters for performance monitors on a port, specified by class. Monitor classes include end-to-end monitors (EE), filter-based monitors (FLT), and interswitch link monitors (ISL).
perfMonitorClear 2 switch:admin> perfmonitorclear --class EE 1/2 This will clear ALL EE monitors' counters on port 2, continue? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To clear statistics counters for a filter-based monitor: switch:admin> perfmonitorclear --class FLT 1/2 4 Filter-based monitor number 4 counters are cleared switch:admin> perfmonitorclear --class FLT 1/2 This will clear ALL filter-based monitors' counters on port 2, continue? (yes, y, no, y): [no] y To clear statistics counters for an ISL monitor: switch
2 perfMonitorShow perfMonitorShow Displays end-to-end, filter-based, and interswitch Link performance monitors on a port. Synopsis Description perfmonitorshow --class monitor_class [slot/]port [interval] Use this command to display performance monitors on a port. Monitor classes include end-to-end monitors (EE), filter-based monitors (FLT), and interswitch link monitors (ISL). ISL monitors are automatically activated on E_Ports (not including trunk slaves).
perfMonitorShow Notes 2 The management of Filter Monitors (--class FLT) with this command is being deprecated along with all other filter-based performance monitoring commands. Management of filter-based monitors is provided through the new Frame Monitor management interface (fmConfig). While the legacy commands are still operational in the Fabric OS 6.4.0 release, their use is incompatible with the new interface.
2 perfMonitorShow 6 0xfffff7 0x000007 TELNET 0x0000000000000000 7 0xfffff8 0x000008 TELNET 0x0000000000000000 0 0x000000 0x1182ef TELNET 0x0000000000000000 0x0000000000000000 N/A 0x0000000000000000 N/A 0x0000000000000000 N/A To display end-to-end monitors on a port at an interval of every 5 seconds: switch:admin> perfmonitorshow --class EE 8 5 Showing EE monitors 8, 5: Tx/Rx are # of bytes 0 ----Tx Rx ===== 0 0 0 0 1 ----Tx Rx ===== 0 0 0 0 2 ----Tx Rx ===== 0 0 0 0 3 ----Tx Rx ===== 0 0 0 0 4 ----T
perfMonitorShow 2 To display ISL monitor information on a port: switch:admin> perfmonitorshow --class ISL 1/1 Total transmit count for this ISL: 1462326 Number of destination domains monitored: 3 Number of ports in this ISL: 2 Domain 97: 110379 Domain 98: 13965 Domain 99: 1337982 See Also perfMonitorClear, perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 585
2 perfResourceShow perfResourceShow Displays performance monitor resources for a logical switch. Synopsis perfresourceshow --fportRes [[slot]/port] perfResourceShow --eeRes [[slot]/port] perfResourceShow --fabmodeRes perfResourceShow --installed [[slot]/port] perfResourceShow --help Description Use this command to determine the physical resources available to support the installation of performance monitors on a logical switch port.
perfResourceShow Examples 2 To display the number of F_Port monitors that can be installed on the current logical switch: switch:admin> perfresourceshow --fportRes ====================================================== Max Installed Available Slot/PortRange ====================================================== 4 0 3 2/13 4 2 2 3/5,3/7,3/12 Port list information --------------------Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ----------------------------------------------------Port 0 | | - | - | | - | | | | | | - | |
2 perfResourceShow 5 | | - | 0 | 6 | | - | - | 7 | | - | 0 | 8 | | - | - | 9 | | - | - | 10 | | - | - | 11 | | - | - | 12 | | - | 0 | 13 | | 1 | - | 14 | | - | - | 15 | | - | - | 16 | | - | | 17 | | - | | 18 | | - | | 19 | | - | | (output truncated) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | - | | - | | - | | | - | - | | - | | - |
perfSetPortEEMask 2 perfSetPortEEMask Sets the overall mask for end-to-end (EE) performance monitors. Synopsis Description perfsetporteemask [slot/]port "TxSIDMsk " "TxDIDMsk " "RxSIDMsk" "RxDIDMsk" Use this command to set the mask for an end-to-end (EE) performance monitor. This command allows selecting the Fibre Channel frames for which to collect performance statistics. When setting the EE mask on a port, all existing EE monitors on that port are deleted.
2 perfSetPortEEMask TxSIDMsk Specify the transmitting source ID mask in dd:aa:pp format, with quotation marks, where dd is the domain ID mask, aa is the Area ID mask, and pp is AL_PA ID mask. For example, "00:ff:00" uses only the Area ID to trigger the EE monitor. Specify the following values to turn a specific field on or off: Examples 00 Specifies that the field does not trigger EE monitors. ff Specifies that the field does triggers EE monitors.
perfShowAlpaCrc 2 perfShowAlpaCrc Displays the CRC error count by port or by arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA). Synopsis Description perfshowalpacrc [slot/]port [ALPA] Use this command to display the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error count of one or all devices attached to a port. If the AL_PA operand is specified, only the CRC count for that AL_PA device is displayed. If the AL_PA operand is not specified, the CRC count for all the AL_PA devices on a specified port are displayed.
2 perfShowPortEEMask perfShowPortEEMask Displays the current address mask for end-to-end performance monitors on a port. Synopsis Description perfshowporteemask [slot/]port Use this command to display the current mask shared across all end-to-end (EE) performance monitors of a port. There are only two commands that can modify the value of the EE mask: perfSetPortEEMask and perfCfgRestore.
perfShowPortEEMask RxSID RxDID RxDID RxDID See Also ALPA: Domain: Area: ALPA: 2 on on on on perfAddEEMonitor, perfDelEEMonitor, perfSetPortEEMask Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 593
2 perfTTmon perfTTmon Installs the Top Talker monitor in the specified mode. Synopsis perfttmon Port Mode (F_Port): perfttmon --add egress | ingress [slot/]port perfttmon --show [slot/]port [number_of_flows] [wwn| pid] perfttmon --delete [slot/]port Fabric Mode: perfttmon --add fabricmode perfttmon --show dom domain id [number_of_flows] [wwn| pid] perfttmon --delete fabricmode Description Use this command to install the Top Talker monitor.
perfTTmon Operands 2 This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port on which to install Top Talkers, followed by a slash (/). port Specifies the number of the port on which the Top Talker is to be installed, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a list of valid ports. F_Port Top Talker commands: --add Installs the Top Talker monitor on a specified F_Port.
2 perfTTmon To add the Fabric Mode Top Talker: Switch:admin> perfttmon --add fabricmode To delete the Fabric Mode Top Talker: Switch:admin> perfttmon --del fabricmode To display the Fabric Mode Top Talker output: Switch:admin> perfttmon --show dom 1 pid ================================================================= Src_PID Dst_PID MB/sec Potential E-Ports ================================================================= 0x03f600 0x011300 121.748 2/0,2/2,2/3 0x03f600 0x011300 121.
pkiCreate 2 pkiCreate Creates public key infrastructure (PKI) objects. Synopsis pkicreate Description Use this command to create PKI objects such as a pass-phrase switch private key and CSR and to install a root certificate. This command does not create the switch certificate. Switch certificate should be obtained offline from the Certificate Authority. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 pkiRemove pkiRemove Removes existing public key infrastructure (PKI) objects. Synopsis Description Note pkiremove Use this command to remove PKI objects including the switch private key, private key pass-phrase, CSR, root certificate, and switch certificate. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
pkiShow 2 pkiShow Displays existing public key infrastructure (PKI) objects. Synopsis Description Note pkishow Use this command to display PKI objects, such as switch private key, private key pass-phrase, CSR, root certificate, and switch certificate. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 policy policy Displays or modifies the encryption and authentication algorithms for security policies. Synopsis Description policy option type number [-enc method] [-auth algorithm] [-pfs value] [-dh group] [-seclife seconds] Use this command to display or modify the encryption and authentication algorithms for security policies. You can configure a maximum of 32 Internet key exchange (IKE) and 32 Internet protocol security (IPSec) policies.
policy -dh group 2 Specifies the Diffie-Hellman group used in PFS negotiation. This operand is valid only with IKE policies. The default is 1. Values include: 1 Fastest as it uses 768 bit values, but least secure. 14 Slowest as it uses 2048 bit values, but most secure. -seclife seconds Examples Security association lifetime in seconds. A new key is renegotiated before the specified length of time expires. The valid range for seconds is 28800 to 250000000 or 0. The default is 28800.
2 policy To display all IPSec policy settings: switch:admin> policy --show ipsec all IPSec Policy 2 ----------------------------------------Authentication Algorithm: SHA-1 Encryption: AES-128 SA Life (seconds): 28800 IPSec Policy 29 ----------------------------------------Authentication Algorithm: SHA-1 Encryption: AES-128 SA Life (seconds): 28800 Operation Succeeded To change (delete and re-create) a policy: switch:admin> policy ike --delete 10 This policy has been successfully deleted.
portAddress 2 portAddress Assigns the lower 16 bits of the Fibre Channel Port ID. Synopsis portaddress --bind [slot/]por [16-bit_address] [--auto] portaddress --unbind [slot/]port portaddress --show [[slot/]port] portaddress --findPID 24-bit_Port_ID portaddress --help Description Use this command to bind the 16-bit address to the lower two bytes of a port 24-bit Fibre Channel address, or to unbind the currently bound address for the specified port.
2 portAddress port Specifies the port number, relative to its slot on bladed systems. 16-bit_address Specifies the 16-bit address to be bound to the FC address. Note that only the upper 10 bits of the PID can be used for a unique route. Therefore, not all addresses in the 16-bit range are available. --auto Enables autobinding on the specified port. If the auto feature is enabled, the entire area field of the PID is bound to a single port.
portAddress 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 0x0e00 0x0f00 0x0000 0x0100 0x0200 0x0300 0x0400 0x0500 0x0600 0x0700 0x1800 0x1900 0x1a00 0x1b00 0x1c00 0x1d00 0x1e00 0x1f00 0x1000 0x1100 0x1200 0x1300 0x1400 0x1500 0x1600 0x1700 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
2 portAlpaShow portAlpaShow Displays the Arbitrated Loop Physical Addresses (AL_PAs) of devices attached to a port. Synopsis Description Note Operands Examples portalpashow [slot/]port Use this command to display the AL_PAs of devices connected to a port, and whether these devices are public or private. If the specified port is not an active FL_Port or if no AL_PAs are present, this command prints an error.
portBeacon 2 portBeacon Sets port beaconing mode. Synopsis portbeacon --enable [slot]port portbeacon --disable [slot]port portbeacon --show [slot]port portbeacon --help Description Use this command to enable or disable beaconing mode on a specified port. When beaconing mode is enabled on a port, the port LED flashes amber and green for 2.5 seconds each in an alternating pattern. The beaconing mode continues until you turn it off. Beaconing mode is useful if you are trying to locate a specific port.
2 portBufferShow portBufferShow Displays the buffer usage information for a port group or for all port groups in the switch. Synopsis Description portbuffershow [[slot/]port] Use this command to display the current long distance buffer information for the ports in a port group. The port group can be specified by giving any port number in that group. If no port is specified, then the long distance buffer information for all of the port groups of the switch is displayed.
portBufferShow Operands 2 When invoked without operands, this command displays the long distance buffer information for all the port groups of the switch. The following operands are optional: Examples slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port group to display, followed by a slash (/). port Specifies the number of a port associated with the port group, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a list of valid ports.
2 portCamShow portCamShow Displays port-based filter CAM utilization. Synopsis Description portcamshow [slot/]port Use this command to display the current filter Content-Addressable Memory (CAM) utilization of a specified port. The command displays the following information: Notes SID used Total number of CAM entries used by this port. Note that each CAM entry, either source ID (SID) or destination ID (DID) CAM, can be shared among a certain number of ports, depending on the ASIC.
portCamShow Examples 2 To display the filter CAM utilization for a single port on a switch: switch:user> portcamshow 3/2 -------------------------------------------------Area SID used DID used SID entries DID entries 34 3 1 350400 2b2200 2b1200 220400 -------------------------------------------------SID Free, DID Free: (61, 511) To display port CAM entries on shared ports (In the following example, port 7/31 and 7/39 are shared ports and 7/31 is the primary port): switch:user> portcamshow 7/39 ---------
2 portCfg portCfg Manages port configuration parameters for FC ports, VE_ports, and GbE/10GbE ports. Synopsis portcfg action [slot/] port arguments portcfg action [slot/] ge_port arguments portcfg action [slot/]ve_port options arguments portcfg action [slot/][ge_port options arguments Description Use this command to manage port configuration parameters on FC ports as well as on Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) ports on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 and on the Brocade 7500/7500E/FR4-18i.
portCfg 2 • “Commands supported only on the Brocade 7500/7500E switches” - portcfg inbandmgmt - Configures IP addresses and routes for the CP or GbE port inband management interfaces. To display the command usage on the switch, execute portcfg action without any further arguments. Notes Beginning with the Fabric OS v6.4.0 release, IPv6 addresses are supported on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24 platforms. On the Brocade 7500/7500E and FR4-18i, IPv6 addresses are supported on switches running Fabric OS v.6.
2 portCfg The syntax for portCfg mirrorport is as follows: portcfg mirrorport [slot/]port mode Valid modes for mirrorport are: Examples --disable Disables the configuration. When disabled, a port cannot be a mirror port. --enable Enables the configuration. When the mirror port feature is enabled to a port, a mirror connection can use this port to mirror traffic.
portCfg 2 portcfg ipif [slot/]ge_port option arguments Valid options and arguments for ipif are: create src_ipaddr [netmask] mtu_size Creates IP interfaces. Specify the following: src_ipaddr Specifies source IP address in either IPv6 or IPv4 format: src_IPv6_addr/prefix_len Specifies the source IPv6 address of the virtual port if IPv6 is used. The address must be an IPv6 global, unicast address, followed by a prefix. This is used for IPv6 addresses instead of a netmask.
2 portCfg gateway_router Specifies the IP address of an IP router that can route packets to the destination virtual port IP address. The gateway address must be on the same IP subnet as one of the port IP addresses. This operand is optional with IPv6 addresses. If not specified, the gateway_router learned from the Neighbor Discovery protocol is used. metric delete ipaddr ipaddr Specifies the link metric associated with the route. Valid values are 0-255. The default value is 0.
portCfg dst_ipaddr Examples 2 Specifies an optional destination IP address (IPv4 or IPv6). All packets destined for this IP address are tagged accordingly. If a destination IP address is not specified, all packets not already tagged will be tagged. The default is 0.0.0.0. To create an IP interface using IPv4: switch:admin> portcfg ipif ge0 create 192.168.0.20 255.0.0.
2 portCfg IPv6 Address Len Gateway Metric Flags ---------------------------------------------------------------2000:: 64 * 0 U C 2000::10 128 * 0 U H L 2000::11 128 * 0 U H L 2000::1:250 128 * 0 U H L 2001:: 64 2000::1:250 0 U G fe80:: 64 * 0 U C ff01:: 32 * 0 U C ff02:: 32 * 0 U C Flags: U=Usable G=Gateway H=Host C=Created(Interface) S=Static L=LinkLayer(Arp) To delete a static IP route using an IPv4 address: switch:admin> portcfg iproute ge0 delete 172.16.0.0 255.255.0.
portCfg 2 • portcfg fciptunnel - Create, modify, and delete Fibre Channel over IP (FCIP) tunnels. - Configure a tunnel with the FCIP FastWrite feature. - Enable or disable Tape Pipelining. - Configure the compression options. - Configure an IPSec-enabled tunnel (Brocade 7800 only). - Configure VLAN tagging on the default FCIP circuit. - Configure Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) markings. - Set the committed rate or minimum and maximum rates for the default circuit.
2 portCfg default circuit. The default circuit created with the tunnel is automatically assigned the circuit ID 0. You can modify the default circuit with the fciptunnel modify command. To add additional circuits to an existing tunnel, use the fcipcircuit create command. modify [tunnel_arguments] [circuit_arguments] Modifies the properties of an existing FCIP tunnel. To modify a tunnel, you must specify at least one of the tunnel or circuit parameters for the command to be effective.
portCfg 2 -N, --no-read-pipelining Disables tape read-pipelining. This operand is valid only with fciptunnel create and -t must be specified enabling the feature. The combination of -t and -N effectively enables tape write-pipeling. When using this operand with fciptunnel modify specify one or more of the following: -t |--tape-pipelining mode Modifies the Open System Tape Pipelining configuration.
2 portCfg -F |--ficon [0|1] Enables (1) or disables (0) FICON emulation on the specified FCIP tunnel. Optional FICON arguments for fciptunnel create allow you to control specific features. Use the [0|1] value only with fciptunnel modify. --ficon-xrc [0|1] Enables (1) or disables (0) FICON XRC emulation. FICON XRC Emulation allows XRC (IBM eXtendedRemote Copy, also known as IBM z/OS Global Mirroring) to operate effectively at extended distances.
portCfg 2 by hosts (channels) attached at the opposite side. Too small of a value will result in poor performance. The value should be chosen based upon the typical tape channel program that requires optimum performance. The default value is 32. The range is 1 to 100. --max-read-devs value Defines the maximum number of concurrent emulated tape read operations. As concurrency increases, the value of emulation decreases. Excessive concurrency has the potential to oversubscribe packet data memory.
2 portCfg -s |--sack 0|1 Disables or enables selective acknowledgement code (SACK) on the FCIP circuit. Note that SACK is by default enabled. Use -s | --sack to disable the feature when creating a circuit. Use -s | --sack 0 to disable and -s | --sack 1 to enable SACK when modifying a circuit. -k |--keepalive-timeout timeout Specifies the keep alive timeout in milliseconds. The valid range is 500 ms to 720000 ms.
portCfg 2 --l2cos-high l2cos Specifies the L2CoS value for High Priority Traffic. The range is 0 to 7. The default is 0. --l2cos-medium l2cos Specifies the L2CoS value for Medium Priority Traffic. The range is 0 to 7. The default is 0. --l2cos-low l2cos Specifies the L2CoS value for Low Priority Traffic. The range is 0 to7. The default is 0. --dscp-f-class dscp Specifies the DSCP value for F-Class Traffic. The range is 0 to 63. The default value is 0. DSCP is supported only in Fabric OS v6.4.0 and later.
2 portCfg comm_rate Specifies the committed traffic rate on the FCIP tunnel in Kbps. The valid range is 10000 Kbps to 1000000 Kbps. There is no default. Both sides of the tunnel must have matching configurations. -b |--min-comm-rate value, -B |--max-comm-rate value Alternately you can set a minimum and a maximum for the committed rate to configure the tunnel for Adaptive Rate Limiting (ARL), which allows for a more effective sharing of bandwidth between applications.
portCfg 2 To set the compression rate to ‘moderate’ on the tunnel: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel 1/12 modify -c 2 Operation succeeded To enable and configure FICON emulation on the tunnel: switch:admin>portcfg fciptunnel 1/12 modify -F 1 --ficon -xrc 1 Operation succeeded To configure FCIP FastWrite and Tape Pipelining on the tunnel: switch:admin>portcfg fciptunnel 1/12 modify -f 1 -t 1 Operation succeeded To delete circuit 1: switch:admin>portcfg fcipcircuit 1/12 delete 1 Operation succeeded To co
2 portCfg Peer WWN: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 Circuit Count: 2 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 16.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: In Progress Remote IP: 192.168.2.20 Local IP: 192.168.2.
portCfg 2 - Create or modify a tunnel with Byte Streaming enabled or disabled. • portcfg fastwrite - Configure the FC port for FC FastWrite. • portcfg ficon - Manage FICON emulation in an FCIP tunnel. Operands This command supports the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be configured, followed by a slash (/). ge_port Specifies the number of the port to be configured, relative to its slot for bladed systems.
2 portCfg modify tunnel_id [arguments] Modifies the properties of an existing FCIP tunnel. This operation disrupts the traffic on the specified FCIP tunnel for a brief period of time. If IPSec is enabled on the FCIP tunnel, the tunnel cannot be modified. To modify the tunnel attributes, you must delete and re-create the tunnel. delete tunnel_id Deletes the specified FCIP tunnel. Optional arguments for fciptunnel create and modify include the following. Tunnel parameters are by default disabled.
portCfg 2 -s [0|1] Disables or enables selective acknowledgement code (SACK) on the specified FCIP tunnel. Note that SACK is by default enabled. Use -s to disable the feature when creating a tunnel. Use -s 0 to disable and -s 1 to enable SACK when modifying a tunnel. -t [0|1] Disables (0) or enables (1) read/write Tape Piplelining on the specified tunnel (requires FCIP FastWrite to be enabled). -v vlan_id Creates an FCIP tunnel with VLAN Tagging and Class of Service (CoS).
2 portCfg qosmap Modifies (or resets to default), the VC to QoS mapping for a particular FCIP tunnel. This table can be modified at any time without bringing down the tunnel. The FCIP tunnel must be configured with the fciptunnel create/modify -M option before the actual mapping occurs. The following operands are supported with the fciptunnel qosmap option: tunnel_id Specifies the tunnel ID. The valid range is 0 to 7. -default Resets or sets the VC QoS map to default values.
portCfg 2 This command has the following operands: tunnel_Id Specifies the tunnel ID for the configuration change. The valid range is 0 to 7. config Creates or modifies a FICON configuration. delete Deletes an existing FICON configuration. The following optional feature arguments are supported with the config and delete options. These configurations are persistent. -x 1|0 Enables (1) or disables (0) XRC emulation.
2 portCfg by hosts (channels) attached at the opposite side. Too small of a value results in poor performance. The value should be chosen based upon the typical tape channel program that requires optimum performance. The default value is 32. The range is 1 to 100. -c |--wrtMaxDevs value Defines the maximum number of concurrent emulated tape write operations. As concurrency increases, the value of emulation decreases. Excessive concurrency has the potential to oversubscribe packet data memory.
portCfg 2 To create an FCIP tunnel using IPV6: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel 8/ge0 create 0 4000::1234 2000::800:3333:1234 0 Operation Succeeded To modify the committed rate and turn on compression on an existing FCIP tunnel: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel 3/ge0 modify 6 -b 100000 -c 1 Operation Succeeded To create an FCIP tunnel with VC QoS mapping (default) turned on: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel ge1 create 1 192.168.200.109 192.168.200.
2 portCfg Operands This command has the following operands: inbandmgmt Configures IP addresses and routes for the CP or GbE port inband management interfaces. Inband management allows a management station to communicate with the CP through GbE ports. Valid options and arguments for inbandmgmt are: ipaddrset cp | ge ip_address netmask Configures the IP address and netmask for a CP or a GbE inband management interface.
portCfg Examples 2 To configure the internal addresses for the CP and GbE port inband management interfaces: switch:admin> portcfg inbandmgmt ge0 ipaddrset cp 192.168.255.1 255.255.255.0 switch:admin> portcfg inbandmgmt ge0 ipaddrset ge 192.168.255.2 255.255.255.0 To add a route to a management station that is on the same subnet as the management interface IP addresses in the previous example: switch:admin> portcfg inbandmgmt ge0 routeadd 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.
2 portCfgAlpa portCfgAlpa Configures the AL_PA offset on a specified port or range of ports. Synopsis Description portcfgalpa [slot/]port, mode Use this command to set the Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA) offset on a port or a range of ports to either 0x0 (default) or 0x13. Changes made by this command are persistent across switch reboots and power cycles. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
portCfgAutoDisable 2 portCfgAutoDisable Name Synopsis Enables or disables the port autodisable flag. portcfgautodisable --enable [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --disable [slot/]port[-port] Description Use this command to enable or disable the autodisable feature for a specified port or a range of ports. If the ports are already in the requested configuration, no action is taken.
2 portCfgAutoDisable To enable the auto-disable feature on a range of ports, some of which were previously enabled (The following example enables port 4): switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --enable 2-4 Same configuration for port 2 Same configuration for port 3 To disable the auto-disable feature on a port range.
portCfgCreditRecovery 2 portCfgCreditRecovery Enables or disables credit recovery on a port. Synopsis Description portcfgcreditrecovery --disable | --enable [slot/]port Use this command to enable or disable credit recovery on a port. The credit recovery feature enables credits or frames to be recovered. Only ports configured as long distance ports can utilize the credit recovery feature. The default credit recovery configuration is enabled.
2 portCfgDefault portCfgDefault Resets the port configuration to factory default values. Synopsis Description portcfgdefault [slot/][ge]port Use this command to reset all configuration values on a specified port to their factory defaults. This command persistently disables ports capable of routing, which is the factory default value. Use the portCfgShow command to display the port configuration. This command does not change the state of a port.
portCfgEport 2 portCfgEport Enables or disables E_Port capability on a port or locks down a port as an E_Port. Synopsis portcfgeport [slot/]port mode portcfgeport -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f] mode] portcfgeport -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgeport -h Description Use this command to enable or disable E_Port capability on a port or to lock down a port as an E_Port. E_Port capability is enabled by default.
2 portCfgEport -h Examples Displays the command usage. To disable E_Port capability on a port: switch:admin> portcfgeport 1/3 0 To enable E_Port capability on a port: switch:admin> portcfgeport 1/3 1 To lock down the port as an E_Port.
portCfgEXPort 2 portCfgEXPort Sets a port to be an EX_Port, and sets and displays EX_Port configuration parameters.
2 portCfgEXPort If the Fabric Parameter value is “Auto Negotiate”, the port ID format, R_A_TOV, and E_D_TOV values display the negotiated values indicated by “(N)” next to them. The negotiated values are what the edge switch specifies in the ELP request. If the state is “Not OK”, the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV display “Not Applicable”. By default, all EX_Ports are auto-ELP enabled.
portCfgEXPort 2 an error message is posted, and the command fails. Valid values are as follows: 0 Brocade Native mode. 1 McDATA Open Fabric mode. 2 McDATA Fabric mode. 3 MCDATA fabric legacy mode. Note that this mapping between mode values and modes is NOT the same as the mapping used when setting interoperability modes with the interopMode, command. -i mode Examples Enables or disables Insistent Domain Id (IDID) for the specified EX_Port. Specify 1 to enable IDID, specify 2 to disable IDID.
2 portCfgFillword portCfgFillword Configures the fill word for a single 8G FC port. Synopsis portcfgfillword [slot/]port, mode portcfgfillword --help Description Notes Use this command to configure the fill word of an 8G FC port. This command is not applicable to non-8G FC ports. This command disables and re-enables the port and the port comes online with the new fill word setting. The configuration is stored in nonvolatile memory and is persistent across switch reboots or power cycles.
portCfgFillword 2 switch:admin> portcfgshow 27 Area Number: 27 Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 2(SW Idle-Arbff) (output truncated) switch:admin> portcfgshow 28 Area Number: 28 Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 3(A-A then SW I-A) (output truncated) switch:admin> portcfgshow Ports of Slot 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 -----------------+---+---+---+---+-----+---+---+---+-----+---+---+ Speed AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN Fill Word 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 0 (output t
2 portCfgFportBuffers portCfgFportBuffers Configures F_Port buffer allocation. Synopsis portcfgfportbuffers --enable [slot/]port buffers portcfgfportbuffers --disable [slot/]port Description Use this command to change the default buffer allocation for an F_Port and to allocate a specified number of buffers to the port. When port buffer allocation is enabled, the number of buffers specified override the default F_Port buffer allocation.
portCfgGeMediaType 2 portCfgGeMediaType Sets the active ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800. Synopsis portcfggemediatype ge_port [optical | copper] portcfggemediatype --help Description Use this command to set the active ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800. Each of the ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800 can be configured as a copper port (RJ45) or an optical port (SFP). The copper ports (RJ45) can only accept copper connections.
2 portCfgGeMediaType Examples To activate a GbE port that can accept both copper and optical connections: switch:admin> portcfggemediatype ge0 optical To display the current configuration: switch:admin> portcfggemediatype ge0 Port ge1 is configured in optical mode See Also 652 portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
portCfgGport 2 portCfgGport Designates a port as a G_Port; removes G_Port designation. Synopsis Description Note Operands Examples portcfggport [slot/]port,mode Use this command to designate a port as a G_Port. After successful execution of this command, the switch attempts to initialize the specified port as an F_Port only, and does not attempt loop initialization (FL_Port) on the port. A port designated as a G_Port can become an E_Port. This configuration can be cleared but not set on VE/VEX_Ports.
2 portCfgLossTov portCfgLossTov Enables or disables de-bouncing of signal loss for front end ports. Synopsis Description portcfglosstov [slot]/port mode Use this command to enable or disable the de-bouncing of loss of signal for 100 ms for front end ports. Use portCfgShow to display the current setting. If executed without operands, the command prints the usage. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
portCfgLossTov 2 To disable the configuration on port 1/5: switch:admin> portcfglosstov 1/5 0 See Also portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 655
2 portCfgISLMode portCfgISLMode Enables or disables ISL R_RDY mode on a port. Synopsis Description portcfgislmode [slot/]port,mode Use this command to enable or disable interswitch link read-ready (ISL R_RDY) mode on a port. Use the portCfgShow command to determine whether ISL R_RDY mode is enabled on a port. In ISL R_RDY mode, the port sends a primitive signal that the port is ready to receive frames. The port sends an exchange link parameter (ELP) with flow control mode 02.
portCfgISLMode 2 To disable ISL R_RDY mode on a port: switch:admin> portcfgislmode 1/3, 0 See Also configure, portCfgLongDistance, portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 657
2 portCfgLongDistance portCfgLongDistance Configures a port to support long distance links. Synopsis Description portcfglongdistance [slot/]port [distance_level] [vc_translation_link_init] [desired_distance] Use this command to allocate sufficient numbers of full size frame buffers on a particular port or to support a specified long distance link. The port can only be used as an E_Port. Changes made by this command are persistent across switch reboots and power cycles.
portCfgLongDistance Operands 2 This command has the following operands: slot Specify the slot number (for bladed systems only), followed by a slash (/). port Specify the number of the port to be configured relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow to display a list of valid ports. This operand is required.
2 portCfgLongDistance desired_distance, this value is used to allocate the buffers. In this case, the port operates in degraded mode instead of being disabled due to insufficient buffers. In LS mode, the actual link distance is not measured, instead the desired_distance is used to allocate the buffers required for the port.
portCfgLport 2 portCfgLport Configures a port as an L_Port. Synopsis Description Notes portcfglport [[slot/]port] locked_mode [private_mode] [duplex_mode]] Use this command to designate a port as an L_Port, and to configure its behavior. When a port is designated as an L_Port, the switch attempts to initialize that port as a fabric L_Port (FL_Port). The switch will never attempt a point-to-point (F_Port) initialization on the port. By default the L_Port will be a public L_Port.
2 portCfgLport Examples To configure ports 8, 14, and 15 as locked L_Ports: switch:admin> portcfglport 4/8 4/14-15, 1 switch:admin> portcfgshow 15 Area Number: Speed Level: Fill Word: AL_PA Offset 13: Trunk Port Long Distance VC Link Init Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port Locked E_Port ISL R_RDY Mode RSCN Suppressed Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit EX Port Mirror Port Credit Recovery F_Port Buffers NPIV PP Limit: CSCTL mode: 48 AUTO(HW)
portCfgNPIVPort 2 portCfgNPIVPort Enables or disables N_Port ID virtualization (NPIV) functionality on a port and sets the per-port login limit. Synopsis portcfgnpivport --enable [slot/]port portcfgnpivport --disable [slot/]port portcfgnpivport --setloginlimit [slot/]port login_limit portcfgnpivport --help portcfgnpivport [slot/]port mode Description Use this command to enable or disable NPIV functionality on a port and to configure the maximum number of logins for this port.
2 portCfgNPIVPort Use the portCfgShow command to determine whether NPIV is enabled on a port and to display the maximum logins configured for that port. Use the portCfgDefault command to reset all port configurations, including the NPIV configuration of a port. Operands This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be configured, followed by a slash (/).
portCfgNPIVPort 2 To disable NPIV functionality on port 7 and to display the change: switch:admin> portcfgnpivport --disable 7 switch:admin> portcfgshow 0/7 Area Number: 7 Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 0(Idle-Idle) AL_PA Offset 13: OFF Trunk Port ON Long Distance OFF VC Link Init OFF Locked L_Port OFF Locked G_Port OFF Disabled E_Port OFF Locked E_Port OFF ISL R_RDY Mode OFF RSCN Suppressed OFF Persistent Disable OFF LOS TOV enable OFF NPIV capability OFF QOS E_Port AE Port Auto Disable: OFF Rate Limit
2 portCfgNPort portCfgNPort Enables or disables N_Port functionality for an Access Gateway port. Synopsis portcfgnport [slot]port1[-port2] [mode] Description Use this command to enable or disable N_Port functionality for an Access Gateway port or for a range of ports. The enabled N_Ports automatically come online if they are connected to an enterprise fabric switch that supports NPIV. When used without operands, this command displays the port configuration.
portCfgPersistentDisable 2 portCfgPersistentDisable Persistently disables a port or a range of ports. Synopsis portcfgpersistentdisable portcfgpersistentdisable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistentdisable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistentdisable -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgpersistentdisable -h Description Use this command to persistently disable a port or a range of ports. Persistently disabled ports remain disabled across power cycles, switch reboots, and switch enables.
2 portCfgPersistentDisable Operands This command has the following operands: slot On bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the ports to be disabled persistently, followed by a slash (/). port1[-port2] Persistently disables a single port or a range of ports identified by port numbers. The port range cannot span slots, but you can specify multiple port ranges pairs separated by a space, for example 3/1-4 4/7-9.
portCfgPersistentDisable 2 To display the persistently disabled ports on the switch: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentdisable Slot 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+--Disabled Slot 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+--Disabled - YES YES - YES YES Slot 0 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+--Disabled YES YES YES YES YES YES
2 portCfgPersistentEnable portCfgPersistentEnable Persistently enables a port or a range of ports. Synopsis portcfgpersistentenable portcfgpersistentenable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistentenable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistentenable -s[lot] [slot1[-slot2] portcfgpersistentenable -h Description Use this command to persistently enable a port or a range of ports. If the port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure.
portCfgPersistentEnable -i index1[-index2] -f Examples 2 Persistently enables a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers. You may specify multiple index ranges separated by a space, for example, 33-38 40-60. Ignores nonexisting ports. This operand is valid only with the -i option. -s[lot] [slot1[-slot2] Persistently enables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. Multiple slot ranges are not supported with this command. -h Displays the command usage.
2 PortCfgQoS PortCfgQoS Enables or disables QoS, sets the default configuration, and sets and resets the ingress rate limit. Synopsis portcfgqos --disable | --enable | --default [slot/]port portcfgqos --setratelimit [slot/]port ratelimit portcfgqos --resetratelimit [slot/]port portcfgqos --help Description Use this command to enable or disable Adaptive Networking/Quality of Service (AN/QoS) on a port, to set or reset the ingress rate limit for the specified port, and to set the default behavior.
PortCfgQoS 2 configuration. For example if the rate limit is set at 4 Gbps and the port comes online only at 2 Gbps, no enforcement is needed. Specify an ingress rate in Mbps. Supported values for ratelimit are: 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, and 8000. --help Examples Displays the command usage. To enable QoS on a port. switch:admin> portcfgqos --enable 3/15 To disable QoS on a port.
2 portCfgShow portCfgShow Displays port configuration settings. Synopsis portcfgshow portcfgshow [slot/]port portcfgshow -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgshow -slot slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgshow option [slot/][ge_port] [arguments] [optional_arguments] Description Use this command to display the current configuration of a port. The behavior of this command is platform-specific; output varies depending on port type and platform, and not all options are supported on all platforms.
portCfgShow 2 AL_PA Offset 13 Displays (..) or OFF when the arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA) on the port is configured to use a 0x0 AL_PA address (default). Displays ON when the address configuration is 0x13 AL_PA. This value is set by the portCfgAlpa command. Trunk Port Displays ON when port is set for trunking. Displays (..) or OFF when trunking is disabled on the port. This value is set by the portCfgTrunkPort command. Long Distance Displays (..
2 portCfgShow QOS E_Port Displays ON when Quality of Service (QoS) is enabled on the E_Port (or EX_Port) when QoS is enabled in an FCR deployment scenario. Displays (..) or OFF when QoS is disabled. By default, QoS is enabled if sufficient buffers are available. Displays AE when QoS is configured as Auto Enabled. In the AE state, QoS is enabled based on the availability of buffers. Use islShow to determine the current status of QoS (on or off) in the AE state. This value is set by the portCfgQos command.
portCfgShow Operands 2 This command supports the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be configured, followed by a slash (/). port Specifies the number of the port to be displayed, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a listing of valid port numbers. -i index1[-index2] Specifies a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers.
2 portCfgShow ve_port Displays information for the specified FCIP tunnel on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 (only). To display the tunnel, specify the VE_Port number associated with the tunnel configured on one of the GbE ports. VE_Ports are numbered 16-23 on the Brocade 7800 and 12-31 on the Brocade FX8-24 blade. tunnel_id Displays information for the specified FCIP tunnel on the Brocade 7500/7500E/FR4-18i only. valid tunnel IDs are 0 to 7.
portCfgShow 2 To display the port configuration settings on a Brocade 7800 for a range of ports specified by their index numbers: switch:admin> portcfgshow -i 3-5 portcfgshow -i 3-5 Index: 3 4 5 ---------------- +---+---+--Speed AN AN AN Fill Word 0 0 0 AL_PA Offset 13 .. .. .. Trunk Port ON ON ON Long Distance .. .. .. VC Link Init .. .. .. Locked L_Port .. .. .. Locked G_Port .. .. .. Disabled E_Port .. .. .. Locked E_Port .. .. .. ISL R_RDY Mode .. .. .. RSCN Suppressed .. .. .. Persistent Disable .. .
2 portCfgShow Credit Recovery Fport Buffers Port Auto Disable CSCTL mode ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. ..
portCfgShow 2 switch:admin> portcfgshow 16 Area Number: 11 Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 0(Idle-Idle) AL_PA Offset 13: OFF Trunk Port ON Long Distance OFF VC Link Init OFF Locked L_Port OFF Locked G_Port OFF Disabled E_Port OFF ISL R_RDY Mode OFF RSCN Suppressed OFF Persistent Disable OFF LOS TOV enable OFF NPIV capability ON QOS E_Port AE Port Auto Disable: OFF Rate Limit OFF EX Port ON Mirror Port OFF Credit Recovery ON F_Port Buffers OFF NPIV PP Limit: 126 CSCTL mode: OFF To display FCIP tunnels co
2 portCfgShow ------------------------------------------------------Fciptunnel configuration: IPV4 FCIP TUNNEL(S) ------------------------------------------Tunnel ID 0 Remote IP Addr 192.168.100.40 Local IP Addr 192.168.100.50 Remote WWN Not Configured Local WWN 10:00:00:05:1e:40:68:78 Compression off Fastwrite off Tape Pipelining off Committed Rate 100000 Kbps (0.
portCfgShow 2 To display FCIP parameters on the Brocade 7800 (with IPv6 support): switch:admin> portcfgshow ge2 Mode: FCIP Persistent Disable: OFF Ipif configuration: Interface IP Address NetMask MTU ---------------------------------------------------0 192.168.2.10 255.255.255.0 1500 1 192.168.2.12 255.255.255.0 1500 2 192.168.2.13 255.255.255.0 1500 3 192.168.2.11 255.255.255.0 1500 4 192.168.2.110 255.255.255.
2 portCfgShow To display an FCIP Tunnel on a Brocade FX8-24 with and without IPSec information: switch:admin> portcfgshow fciptunnel 7/12 -ipsec ------------------------------------------Tunnel ID: 7/12 Tunnel Description: Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Enabled IPSec Key: '01234567890123456789012345678901' Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off switch:admin> portcfgshow fciptunnel 7/12 --------------------
portCfgSpeed 2 portCfgSpeed Configures the speed for a port or a range of ports. Synopsis portcfgspeed [slot/]port speed portcfgspeed -i [index1[-index2] [-f] speed] portcfgspeed -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] speed portcfgspeed -h Description Use this command to set the speed on a specified port or port range. This command disables and then re-enables the ports, and the ports come online with the new speed setting.
2 portCfgSpeed -h Examples ax Autosensing mode (hardware). The port automatically configures for maximum speed with enhanced retries. s Auto-sensing mode (software). The port automatically configures for maximum speed with enhanced retries. 1 The port is set at a fixed speed of 1 Gbps. 2 The port is set at a fixed speed of 2 Gbps. 4 The port is set at a fixed speed of 4 Gbps. 8 The port is set at a fixed speed of 8 Gbps. Displays the command usage.
portCfgTrunkPort 2 portCfgTrunkPort Enables or disables trunking on a port. Synopsis Description portcfgtrunkport [slot/]port[,] mode Use this command to enable or disable trunking on a port. Use switchCfgTrunk to enable or disable trunking on all ports of a switch. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the port to which the configuration applies is disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration.
2 portCfgVEXPort portCfgVEXPort Configures a port as a VEX_Port connected to an FC-IP and sets and displays VEX_Port configuration parameters.
portCfgVEXPort 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Operands This command has the following operands: -a admin Enables or disables the specified port as a VEX_Port. Valid values are 1 (enable as VEX_Port), 2 (disable as VEX_Port and enable as non-VEX_Port). portCfgDefault may also be used to disable VEX_Ports.
2 portCfgVEXPort Examples To display the VEX_Port configuration of port 2/16: switch:admin> portcfgvexport 2/16 Port 2/16 info Admin: enabled State: OK Pid format: core(N) Edge Fabric ID: 16 Front Domain ID: 160 Front WWN: 50:06:06:9e:20:9f:ce:10 Principal Switch: 7 principal WWN: 10:00:00:60:69:c0:05:8a Fabric Parameters: Auto Negotiate R_A_TOV: 9000(N) E_D_TOV: 2000(N) Edge fabric's primary wwn: N/A Edge fabric's version stamp: N/A To set the fabric ID of port 2/21 to 5 and the port ID format to core:
portCmd 2 portCmd Diagnoses intelligent ports.
2 portCmd Loss(%) The number of TCP retransmits. This number averages the TCP retransmit rate over the last display interval. Delay(ms) The smoothed TCP round-trip time and variance estimate in milliseconds. PMTU The path maximum transmission unit (MTU) represents the largest IP layer datagram that can be transmitted over the end-to-end path without fragmentation. This value is measured in bytes and includes the IP header and payload. There is limited support for black hole PMTU detection.
portCmd 2 -R Instructs the sink mode to accept the new connection. The end-to-end path characteristics are not reported. -i interval Specifies the intervals between polling and displaying statistics, in seconds. If the duration is greater than -t running_time, the statistics displays only once, at the conclusion of the test. This operand is optional. -p port Specifies the TCP port number for the listener end-point. This operand is optional.
2 portCmd -t ttl Specifies the time to live. Valid values are 1 to 255. The default is 100. This operand is optional. -w wait_time Specifies the time to wait for the response of each ping request in milliseconds. The default is 5000 ms and the maximum wait time is 9000 ms (9 seconds). This operand is optional. -z size Specifies the default packet size to a fixed size in bytes. The default is 64 bytes. In an IPv4 environment, the ICMP/IP header occupies 28 bytes.
portCmd 2 -c L2 Class-of-Service Specifies Class of Service/Priority, as defined by the IEEE 802.1p specification. Values must be in the range of 0 to 7. The default value is 0. This operand is optional with the -v option. --tperf -sink | -source Determines the path characteristics to a remote host or tunnel destination The -tperf option requires two separate Brocade FX-24 blades to function. One blade plays the role of a data sink and the other blade plays the role of the data source.
2 portCmd -pattern pattern Specifies the test data pattern for the payload as one of the following values: -size pdu_size 0 No pattern is specified. TPerf applies whatever is already set or in memory. This is the default value. 1 All zeros 2 All ones 3 Incrementing byte 4 Random 5 Jitter Specifies the PDU size to use (not including headers). The valid range is between 1k and 16k. The default is equivalent to the maximum segment size (MSS).
portCmd 2 To set the path characteristic to source mode on the remote host using VLAN tagging with the -c option. switch:admin> portcmd --ipperf 8/ge0 –s 192.168.10.1 –d 192.168.20.
2 portCmd To configure a TPerf source to generate one-way low priority traffic with a random PDU size from 0 to 400 bytes and a payload pattern of ones.
portDebug 2 portDebug Sets debug level and verbose level of port modules. Synopsis Description Note Operands Examples portdebug dbg_lvl, vbs_lvl Use this command to set the debug level and verbose level of port modules. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 portDisable portDisable Disables a port or a range of ports. Synopsis portdisable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portdisable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portdisable -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] portdisable -h Description Use this command to disable a port or a range of ports. If the port is connected to another switch when disabled, the fabric may reconfigure. Devices connected to this port can no longer communicate with the fabric.
portDisable Examples 2 To disable a single port.
2 portEnable portEnable Enables a port or a range of ports. Synopsis portenable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portenable -i [index1[-index2] [...]] [-f] portenable -s[lot] [slot1[-slot2] portenable -h Description Use this command to enable a port or a range of ports. If a port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure. After the port is enabled, devices connected to the port can again communicate with the fabric.
portEnable Examples 2 To enable a single port: switch:admin> portenable 2/4 To enable a range of ports: switch:admin> portenable 2/4-8 To enable multiple port ranges: switch:admin> portenable 2/24-26 3/10-12 4/3-4 To enable a port by specifying its index number: switch:admin> portenable -i 176 portenable: portSwap feature enabled. To enable a range of ports by specifying the corresponding port index range: switch:admin> portenable -i 170-176 portenable: portSwap feature enabled.
2 portErrShow portErrShow Displays a port error summary. Synopsis Description porterrshow Use this command to display an error summary for all ports. Counts are reported on frames transmitted by the port (Tx) or on frames received by the port (Rx). The display contains one output line per port. Numeric values exceeding 999 are displayed in units of thousands (k), or millions (m) if indicated. Values for the following parameters are displayed: Note frames tx Number of frames transmitted (Tx).
portErrShow Examples 2 To display error counters for ports on a switch: switch:admin> porterrshow frames enc crc crc too too bad enc disc link loss loss frjt fbsy tx rx in err g_eof shrt long eof out c3 fail sync sig ============================================================================ 0: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 3: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 4: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 5: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 6: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 portFencing portFencing Configures the Fabric Watch port fencing feature. Synopsis portfencing --show portfencing --enable port_type | all -area area_type | -area all portfencing --disable port_type | all -area area_type | -area all portfencing --help Description Use this command to enable or disable the Fabric Watch port fencing feature for specified port types and Fabric Watch areas.
portFencing 2 fop-port Enables or disables port fencing for all optical F_Ports. fcu-port Enables or disables port fencing for all copper F_Ports. This operand is supported only on embedded platforms and only on copper ports. port Enables or disables port fencing for all physical ports. -area area | -area all Specifies one or more Fabric Watch areas to be monitored by the port fencing feature. Areas are not case sensitive.
2 portFencing Port See Also 708 |PE |ST |CRC |ITW |LR |C3TX_TO |PE |ST |enabled |enabled |enabled |disabled |disabled |disabled |disabled |disabled fwHelp, portThConfig Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
portFlagsShow 2 portFlagsShow Displays the port status bitmaps for all ports in a switch. Synopsis Description portflagsshow Use this command to display the following status for a port: SNMPDisplays whether the port is online or offline. PhysicalDisplays the port physical status. Valid values are In_Sync and No_Light. FlagsDisplays whether there is an SFP inserted in the port, whether the port is active, and the port type.
2 portLedTest portLedTest Cycles user port LEDs. Synopsis portledtest [-npass count][-ports itemlist][-action value] ceeportledtest [-npass count][-ports itemlist][-action value] Description Use this command to exercise the user port LEDs in the current switch. For each port, the command cycles through the ON and OFF state by setting the ATTN LEDs to green for the ON condition and unlighted for the OFF condition. The SPEED LEDs are initially set to black before the test starts.
portLogClear 2 portLogClear Clears the port log. Synopsis Description portlogclear Use this command to clear the port log. It is recommended that you clear the port log before triggering an activity so that the log displays only the log events related to that activity. If the port log is disabled, portLogClear enables it. The port log is disabled automatically when certain errors occur to allow the collection of all the information needed to understand the cause of the error.
2 portLogConfigShow portLogConfigShow Displays the current port log configuration. Synopsis Description Note portlogconfigshow Use this command to display the current port log configuration. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
portLogDisable 2 portLogDisable Disables the port log facility. Synopsis Description Note portlogdisable Use this command to disable the port log facility. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 portLogDump portLogDump Displays the port log without page breaks. Synopsis Description portlogdump [count[, saved]] Use this command to display the port log, listing all entries in the log without page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogShow, but portLogShow prompts you to press Enter between each page. For an explanation of the information displayed by this command, refer to the portLogShow command.
portLogDumpPort 2 portLogDumpPort Displays the port log of a specified port without page breaks. Synopsis Description portlogdumpport port_index Use this command to display the port log for for a single port specified by its port index number. The command displays all entries in the log without any page breaks. This command is identical to portLogShowPort, except that portLogShowPort prompts you to press Enter to display the next page.
2 portLogEnable portLogEnable Enables the port log facility. Synopsis Description Note portLogEnable Use this command to enable the port log facility. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
portLogEventShow 2 portLogEventShow Displays information about port log events. Synopsis Description Note portlogeventshow Use this command to display information about the ID associated with the various port log events. The Disabled field indicates whether the port log for that event ID is disabled (1) or enabled (0). The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 portLoginShow portLoginShow Displays port login status of devices attached to the specified port. Synopsis Description portloginshow [slot/]port Use this command to display port login status received from devices attached to the specified port. For each login, this command displays the following fields: Type Type of login can display one of the following: fd FDISC, Discover F_Port Service Parameters or Virtual N_Port login. fe FLOGI, Fabric Login to Fabric F_Port.
portLogPdisc 2 portLogPdisc Sets or clears the debug_pdisc_flag. Synopsis Description Note Operands portlogpdisc 0 | 1 Use this command to set or clear the debug_pdisc_flag. This command is part of the environmental monitor. A setting of 1 enables logging of Port Discovery parameters. The PDISC log is disabled by default. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 portLogReset portLogReset Enables the port log facility. Synopsis Description Notes portlogreset Use this command to enable the port log facility. Refer to portLogClear for events that may disable the port log facility. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
portLogResize 2 portLogResize Resizes the port log to include a specified number of entries. Synopsis portlogresize num_entries Description Use this command to resize the port log to include a specified number of entries. If the specified number of entries is less than the already configured port log size, there is no change. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 portLogShow portLogShow Displays the port log with page breaks. Synopsis Description portlogshow [count[, saved]] Use this command to display the port log with page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogDump, but one page at a time. The port log is a circular log file in the switch firmware which can save up to 65,536 entries depending on the hardware platform. Use portLogConfigShow to display the current port log size.
portLogShow fcin Indicates an incoming Fibre Channel information unit. fcout Indicates an outgoing Fibre Channel information unit. read Indicates an information unit header log from a read operation. write Indicates an information unit header log from a write operation. err Indicates an information unit header log of an FC error frame. frame Indicates a Fibre Channel frame payload. nsRemQ Indicates an interswitch name server query. rscn Indicates a Registered State Change Notification.
2 portLogShow Tx & Rx Header words 0,1,4 (R_CTL,D_ID,S_ID,OX_ID,RX_ID) and the first payload word. reject FC-PH reject reason. busy FC-PH busy reason. ctin Argument 0 is divided into two 16-bit fields: [A] a bit map indicating whether subsequent arguments are valid (0001 means argument 1 is valid, 0003 means arguments 1 and 2 are valid). [B] the CT-based service command code. Argument 1 is the first word of the CT payload, if applicable (as specified in [A]).
portLogShow 2 Offline 3 Testing 4 Faulty 5 E_Port 6 F_Port 7 Segmented 2 pstate AC Active State LR1 Link Reset: LR Transmit State LR2 Link Reset: LR Receive State LR3 Link Reset: LRR Receive State LF1 Link Failure: NOS Transmit State LF2 Link Failure: NOS Receive State OL1 Offline: OLS Transmit State OL2 Offline: OLS Receive State OL3 Offline: Wait for OLS State LIP reason 8001 Retry loop init. 8002 Start loop after gaining sync. 8003 Restart loop after port reset.
2 portLogShow Note Operands Examples The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: count Specifies the maximum number of lines to display. Only the most recent count entries are displayed. This operand is optional.
portLogShowPort 2 portLogShowPort Displays the port log of a specified port with page breaks. Synopsis Description portlogshowport port_index Use this command to display the port log of a specified port with page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogDumpPort, except that portLogDumpPort does not prompt you to press Enter to display the next page. If the command is executed while the port log is disabled, a warning message is displayed.
2 portLogTypeDisable portLogTypeDisable Disables the port log of a specified type. Synopsis Description Note Operands portlogtypedisable id Use this command to disable the port log for a specified port log type. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
portLogTypeEnable 2 portLogTypeEnable Enables the port log of a specified port log type. Synopsis Description Note Operands portlogtypeenable id Use this command to enable the port log for a specified port log type. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 portLoopbackTest portLoopbackTest Performs a functional test of port N->N path. Synopsis portloopbacktest [--slot slot][-nframes count][-lb_mode mode] [-spd_mode mode] [-ports itemlist] ceeportloopbacktest [--slot slot][-nframes count][-lb_mode mode][-spd_mode mode] [-ports itemlist] Description Use this command to verify the functional operation of the switch. The portLoopbackTest and ceePortLoopbackTest commands are platform-specific versions of the same test.
portLoopbackTest Notes 2 Do not abort this test prematurely, using CTRL-C or q to quit. Doing so may cause the test to report unexpected errors. This command does not support High Availability (HA). The Brocade DCX series cannot negotiate speeds of 1 Gbps. The switch must be disabled before you can run this diagnostics. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 portLoopbackTest To run a functional test on a Brocade 8000: switch:admin> pceeportloopbacktest Running portloopbacktest .............. PASSED. Diagnostics See Also 732 When it detects failures, the test may report one or more of the following error messages. If errors persist, contact Technical Support. DATA Data received does not match the data sent. ERRSTAT Errors were found in the ASIC statistics. INIT Port failed to initialize.
portMirror 2 portMirror Adds, deletes, or displays port mirror connections. Synopsis portmirror portmirror --show portmirror --add [slot/]port SID DID portmirror --delete SID DID Description Use this command to add, delete, or display a mirror connection between two ports, a source and a destination port. When used without operand, this command displays the usage.
2 portMirror State The state of the mirror connection. The state can either be "Defined" or "Enabled." In both cases, the port mirroring connection is persistently stored. A connection that is "Defined" has not been hardware-configured because at least one port is not online. A connection that is "Enabled" has been configured in the hardware. You must enable port mirroring on the port before you can configure mirror connections for that port.
portMirror 2 To verify that port mirroring is enabled on port 18: switch:admin> portcfgshow 18 Area Number: Speed Level: Fill Word: AL_PA Offset 13: Trunk Port Long Distance VC Link Init Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port Locked E_Port ISL R_RDY Mode RSCN Suppressed Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit EX Port Mirror Port Credit Recovery F_Port Buffers NPIV PP Limit: CSCTL mode: switch:admin> 18 AUTO(HW) 0(Idle-Idle) OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OF
2 portMirror To delete a port mirror connection between two local switch ports: switch:admin> portmirror --delete 0x640700 0x640c00 To add a port mirror connection between a local switch port and a remote switch port: switch:admin> portmirror --add 2/1 0x011400 0x240400 To delete a port mirror connection between a local switch port and a remote switch port: switch:admin> portmirror --delete 0x011400 0x240400 See Also 736 portCfgShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
portName 2 portName Assigns or displays port names. Synopsis portname portname [slot/]port [ -n name] portname -i [index1[-index2][...][-f] [-n name]] portname -slot slot1[-slot2] [...][-n name] portname -h Description Use this command to assign a port name to a specified port or to a range of ports. The port name is included in the portShow output; it should not be confused with the world wide port name. You can identify a single port to be configured by its port number or by its port index number.
2 portName Some characters require a qualifier or double quotation marks when used with a bash shell; for example, enter a single quotation mark as \’, enter an exclamation mark as \!, or enter a pipe (|) as “|”. -h Examples Displays the command usage.
portPerfShow 2 portPerfShow Displays port throughput performance. Synopsis portperfshow portperfshow [[slot/]port1[-[slot/]port2]] [-tx -rx | -tx | -rx] [-t interval]] portperfshow --help Description Use this command to display throughput information for all ports on a switch or chassis or to display the information for a specified port or port range. Output includes the number of bytes received and transmitted per interval.
2 portPerfShow Examples To display performance information for all ports at a one second (default) interval: switch:user> portperfshow 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ================================================================================ 630.4m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 630.4m 0 0 0 0 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ================================================================================ 0 210.1m 840.5m 210.
portPerfShow 2 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 =============================================================================== 0 210.1m 840.5m 210.1m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Total ============================================== 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.5g (output stopped) To display performance on a single port with at a 5 second interval: switch:user> portperfshow 0 -t 5 0 Total ================= 630.4m 630.4m 0 Total ================= 630.3m 630.
2 portRouteShow portRouteShow Displays routing tables for the specified port. Synopsis Description portrouteshow [slot/]port Use this command to display the port address ID for a specified port and the contents of the following port routing tables: External unicast routing table Displays how the specified port forwards unicast frames to remote domains in the following format: domain_number: ports_bitmap domain_number The remote domain ID to which frames are ultimately routed.
portRouteShow Examples 2 To display the routing tables for a port: switch:user> portrouteshow 4/15 port address ID: 0x02bf00 external unicast routing table: 1: 0x4 (vc=3) 2: 0x10000 (vc=0) internal unicast routing table: 60: 0x8000 (vc=2) 63: 0x1000 (vc=5) broadcast routing table: 0x10000 See Also bcastShow, fabricShow, switchShow, topologyShow, uRouteShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 743
2 portShow portShow Displays status and configuration parameters for ports and GbE ports. Synopsis portshow [slot/][ge]port portshow -i [index1[-index2] [...]] [-f] portshow option [slot/]ge_port [optional_args] portshow option [ all |ve_port] arguments [optional_arguments] portshow option [ all |ge_port] arguments [optional_arguments] Description Use this command to display general port status and specific configuration parameters for a specified port, GbE port, or VE_Port.
portShow Notes 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Some of the features supported by this command may require a license. In an AD context, if one of the L_Ports or NPIV ports is a part of the current AD, the complete device information attached to the port is shown in the output.
2 portShow Protocol Protocol used by the port: FC or FCoE. portPhys The port's physical state: No_Card No interface card present. No_Module No module (GBIC or other) present. No_Light Module is not receiving light. Mod_Inv Incompatible vendor or module speed mismatch. No_Sync Receiving light but out of sync. In_Sync Receiving light and in sync. Laser_Flt Module is signaling a laser fault. Port_Flt Port marked faulty. Diag_Flt Port failed diagnostics.
portShow BB XLate 2 Information on the xlate (translate) phantom domain presented at this port. Includes the preferred (if not active) or actual (if active) domain ID for the xlate phantom domain and the WWN of the xlate phantom domain. The xlate phantom domain connected at this port is in the same fabric as the router and represents the edge fabric connected to the EX_Port. Authentication Type Displays NONE or DH-CHAP. DH-CHAP is the only authentication type supported on EX_Ports.
2 portShow Operands Examples This command has the following port operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be displayed, followed by a slash (/). port Specifies the number of the port to be displayed, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a listing of valid port numbers. -i index1[-index2] Specifies a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers.
portShow 2 To display the state of a VE_Port on a chassis with an FX8-24 blade: switch:admin> portshow 7/12 portIndex: 140 portName: portHealth: No Fabric Watch License Authentication: None portDisableReason: None portCFlags: 0x1 portFlags: 0x490b PRESENT ACTIVE VIRTUAL E_PORT G_PORT U_PORT LOGICAL_ONLINE LOGIN LED portType: 12.
2 portShow portCFlags: 0x1 portFlags: 0x903 PRESENT ACTIVE G_PORT U_PORT EX_PORT LOGICAL_ONLINE LOGIN portType: 10.
portShow Function Port display commands supported only on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 and on the Brocade 7500/7500E/FR4-18i platforms Synopsis portshow option [slot/]ge_port [optional_args] Description Use this command to display FCIP-related configuration parameters on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 and on the Brocade 7500/7500E/FR4-18i platforms. The parameters displayed by this command are set with the portCfg command.
2 portShow Examples Perm Net Network-wide permanent entry. The same as the permanent entry except that no destination address was defined (defaults to 0.0.0.0), so traffic to all destinations is tagged. App Application layer VLAN configuration defined at the circuit level. To display the IP interface and static route configured on Brocade 7800: switch:admin> portshow ipif ge0 Port: ge0 Interface IPv4 Address NetMask Effective MTU Flags ---------------------------------------------------------0 192.
portShow 2 To display the ARP tables on the Brocade 7800: switch:admin> portshow arp ge0 Port: ge0 IP Address Mac Address Flags -----------------------------------------------------192.168.0.10 00:05:1e:c3:f0:1a Resolved 192.168.0.11 00:05:1e:c3:f0:1a Resolved 192.168.0.
2 portShow - FICON configuration parameters IPSec status and key Circuits with the tunnel QoS statistics including performance for each priority FCIP Tunnel hierarchy listing circuit IDs and TCP connection information for the tunnel • portShow fcipcircuit - Displays status and configuration for FCIP circuits: - TCP statistics for the circuit - Circuit-level VLAN tagging configuration - Circuit-level Differentiated Services (DSCP) markings • portShow xtun - Displays FICON and FCP emulation statistics and
portShow xtun 2 Displays FICON and FCP emulation statistics and current runtime conditions for a specified set of parameters. The following arguments are supported: -fcp Displays the SCSI FastWrite/Tape Pipelining command sub-menu when issued with a VE_Port number.
2 portShow The following optional commands are supported with -ficon; if omitted, the usage for all parameters is displayed. -help Displays the command usage. You must specify a VE_Port number to display the help functions, for example: portshow xtun 7/12 -ficon -help -stats Displays FICON statistics. -fdpb adrs Displays FICON ports or a specific FICON Device Path Block. -fchb adrs Displays FICON logical partitions (LPARs) or a specific FICON Channel Control Block.
portShow 2 TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:54:b0:ba Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:54:b1:12 Circuit Count: 4 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: On FICON XRC: Off FICON Tape Write: On FICON Tape Read: On FICON TinTir Emul: On FICON Dvc Acking: On FICON Read BLK-ID: Off Tape Write Pipe: 32 Tape Read Pipe: 32 Tape Write Devs: 16 Tape Read Devs: 16 Tape Write Timer: 300 Tape Max Chain: 3000000 FICON OXID Base: 0x8000 FICON Debug Flags: 0xf7c80000 To display an FCIP tunn
2 portShow Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 17.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Remote IP: 100.83.0.100 Local IP: 100.80.0.100 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 1000000 Max Comm Rt: 1000000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: 300 L2CoS: F: 7 H: 5 M: 3 L: 1 DSCP: F: 32 H: 16 M: 8 L: 4 Flags: 0x00000000 ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 17.
portShow 2 Circuit ID: 17.3 Circuit Num: 3 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Remote IP: 100.83.0.103 Local IP: 100.80.0.
2 portShow Retransmits: 0 Round Trip Time: 100 ms Out Of Order: 0 Slow Starts: 0 To display TCP connections for the circuits on the tunnel: switch:admin>portshow fciptunnel 2/12 -c --tcp ------------------------------------------Tunnel ID: 2/12 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Compression: On (Aggressive) Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:b3:00:9e Circuit C
portShow 2 Congestion Window: 16778636 TCP Op State: unknown Next Seq: 0xde919bf7, Min: 0xde919bf7, Max: 0xde919bf7 Unacked data: 0 Retransmit Timeout: 230 ms, Duplicate ACKs 0 Retransmits: 0, max: 0 Fast ReTx: 0, HWM 0, Slow ReTx: 0 Receiver Statistics: Bytes Received: 8037732 Packets Received: 203258 Receive Window: 20968624 Bytes, max: 20971520 Negotiated Window Scale: 9 RecvQ Bytes: 0 RecvQ Next: 0xc2b189ac Min: 0xc2b189ac Max: 0xc3f17e5c Out Of Sequence Pkts: 0, HWM 0, Total 0 Keepalive: Keepalive Ti
2 portShow To display IPSec parameters on an IPSec-enabled tunnel: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 17 -i ------------------------------------------Tunnel ID: 17 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Empty Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Enabled IPSec Key: '01234567890123456789012345678901' Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:c3:f0:16 Peer WWN: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 Circuit Count: 0 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off To displa
portShow 2 | Bytes Out Avg: 26 | Packets In: 7659 | Packets In Avg: 0 | Packets Out: 7659 | Packets Out Avg: 0 | Aggregate TCP Stats: | TCP Bytes In: 16667040 | TCP Bytes Out: 38472100 | TCP Packets In: 544536 | TCP Packets Out: 545523 | Retransmits: 236 | Longest RTT: 0 ms | Out Of Sequence: 0 | Slow Starts: 0 | TCP Count: 4 | TCP Connections: |---> TCP Conn 7/12.0:15486613 |---> TCP Conn 7/12.0:15486865 |---> TCP Conn 7/12.0:15486781 |---> TCP Conn 7/12.
2 portShow Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 16.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: In Progress Remote IP: 192.168.2.20 Local IP: 192.168.2.10 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 100000 Max Comm Rt: 100000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: 300 L2CoS: F: 7 H: 5 M: 3 L: 1 DSCP: F: 0 H: 0 M: 0 L: 0 Flags: 0x00000000 ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 16.
portShow 2 L2CoS: F: 7 H: 5 M: 3 L: 1 DSCP: F: 0 H: 0 M: 0 L: 0 Flags: 0x00000000 To display additional performance parameters for a circuit: switch:admin> portshow fcipcircuit 2/12 0--perf ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 2/12.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Remote IP: 192.169.10.2 Local IP: 192.169.10.
2 portShow Max Comm Rt: 1000000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: F: 0 H: 0 M: 0 L: 0 Flags: 0x00000000 Flow Ctrl State: Off Connected Count: 6 Circuit Duration: 1 day, 2 hours, 47 minutes, 28 seconds Performance Statistics - Priority: F-Class Oper Status: Up Flow Ctrl State: Off Connected Count: 0 Duration: 1 day, 2 hours, 47 minutes, 28 seconds 1305668 Output Bytes 7 Bps 30s Avg, 13 Bps
portShow 2 Connected Count: 0 Duration: 1 day, 2 hours, 47 minutes, 28 seconds 468 Output Bytes 0 Bps 30s Avg, 0 Bps Lifetime Avg 4 Output Packets 0 pkt/s 30s Avg, 0 pkt/s Lifetime Avg 212 Input Bytes 0 Bps 30s Avg, 0 Bps Lifetime Avg 1 Input Packets 0 pkt/s 30s Avg, 0 pkt/s Lifetime Avg TCP Stats: 387601068268 Output Bytes 1666896581 Output Packets 188878848584 Input Bytes 1468285669 Input Packets Retransmits: 0 Round Trip Time: 0 ms Out Of Order: 0 Slow Starts: 0 Performance Statistics - Priority: Low O
2 portShow TotalEgressFrames TotalFCEgressFrames TotalCmds TotalEmulDvcLvlAcks TotalEmulatedOps MaxRetryQueueDepth TotalCUBusyResponses TotalEmulatedCUBusys TotalSelectiveResets TotalCancels TotalEmulErrors TotalPurgePaths Generated Link Busys = = = = = = = = = = = = = 6131098914 1119802559 994174108 5382 393653297 1201 MaxEgressQueueDepth = 0 TotalCUEndResponses = 0 TotalEmulCUEnd = 0 TotalChLinkBusy = 0 TotalAborts = 0 TotalCuLinkBusy = 0 Xport LRC CheckErrors= 70 Failed Generate Frame= 3249 0 0 0 0
portShow Current Read Limited FDCB Count = 2 0 To display the FICON Device Path Blocks: switch:admin> portshow xtun 16 -ficon -fdpb FDPB (FICON Device Path Block - one per path) Count = 1 --------------------------------------------------------------(0x) Side Path: FastP Emul Type Tag =========== ==== ================== ===== ==== ==== =========== 0410558000 D 0x1063016401****** No Yes Tape 0x14000034 CONTROL ======= draining = N drained = N fcrPresent = N emulatingTunnel = Y vtnValid = Y onAllocatedFd
2 portShow Function Commands supported only on the Brocade 7500/7500E and FR4-18i Synopsis portshow option [slot/]ge_port [all| tunnel_id ] [arguments] Description Use this command to display configuration parameters and status information for FCIP tunnels on the Brocade 7500/7500E switch and on the FR4-18i blade.
portShow F Rtx H Fast retransmits high water mark Slow Rtx Slow retransmits InFlt H Packets in-flight high water mark SlowStarts Counter of slow starts Rtx TO Retransmit timeouts Rtx Rtx TO Counter of retransmit packets due to timeout Dup ACK Counter of duplicate ACKs Rtx Dup ACK Counter of retransmit packets due to duplicate ACK LPort Local port RPort Remote port 2 Along with history, the system keeps track of the following TCIP statistics, which you can display with the fciptunnel -s
2 portShow Pending Frames High A high count of the number of frames waiting to be processed from TCP. Segment Count High A high count of the number of segments that were used to create a single FCIP frame. Data Mover Restarts The number of times the Data Mover was hung and needed to be restarted. Frame Too Large Count The number of times more data was received than was intended for the single FCIP frame Max Reference Count The maximum number of FCIP frames that referenced a single TCP segment.
portShow 2 -credits Displays FC data path credit data. -ipsec Displays IKE and IPSec policy information on IPSec-enabled tunnels. Security policies are configured with the portCfg command. -qosmap Displays the mapping table for VC to FCIP QoS. -bstr Displays FCIP TCP Byte Stream statistics on Byte Stream-enabled tunnels. -hist Displays the history of TCP connections. -snapstart Resets TCP statistics. The collection of the statistics restarts when this command is executed.
2 portShow Examples To display iSCSI Port WWN and sessions: switch:admin> portshow iscsi 2/ge0 GE Port 2/ge0 Port WWN Sessions ----------------------------------50:06:06:9e:40:09:a2:00 0 To display the connection parameter information for all FCIP tunnels on the switch and to show the current DiffServ markings being used for data connection as well as control connection (The following example displays high-water marks in bold for the data and control TCP connections of Tunnel 0): switch:admin> portshow
portShow 2 FC control traffic TCP connection: Local 192.168.10.2:4149, Remote 192.168.10.10:3225 Runtime parameters: Send MSS 1460 Bytes Sender stats: smoothed roundtrip 1 ms (HWM 1 ms), variance 1 (HWM 562) peer advertised window 13498368 Bytes negotiated window scale (shift count) 9 congestion window 25920 Bytes slow start threshold 20480 Bytes operational mode: congestion avoidance 0 packets queued: TCP sequence# NXT(2454152682) 0 packets in-flight (HWM 4) Send.
2 portShow Remote IP Addr 10.62.0.100 Local IP Addr 10.10.9.100 Remote WWN Not Configured Local WWN 10:00:00:05:1e:39:d4:5a Compression on Fastwrite on Tape Pipelining on Uncommitted bandwidth, minimum of 1000 Kbps (0.
portShow 2 To display the connection IPSec information on an FCIP tunnel on a GbE port: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 9/ge0 0 -ipsec Slot: 9 Port: ge0 ------------------------------------------Tunnel ID 0 Tunnel Description "This is a test Description of this tunnel" Remote IP Addr 10.62.0.100 Local IP Addr 10.10.9.100 Remote WWN Not Configured Local WWN 10:00:00:05:1e:39:d4:5a Compression on Fastwrite on Tape Pipelining on Uncommitted bandwidth, minimum of 1000 Kbps (0.
2 portShow Max Retransmissions 8 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 0, DSCP Marking (Data): 0 VLAN Tagging Not Configured TCP Byte Streaming on Status : Active Connected Count: 2 Uptime 6 minutes, 39 seconds TCP Connection History: ge1 +----------+-----+-----+-----+-----+----------+----------+----------+----------+ | Reason | RTT |RTT H| Var |Var H| OOO | OOO H |Sendw Cwnd| Rx win | +----------+-----------+-----------+----------+----------+----------+----------+ | Fast Rtx | F Rtx H | Slow Rtx | I
portShow 2 +----------+-----------+-----+-----+----------+----------+----------+----------+ |Tunnel Num| Connection|LPort|RPort| OOO | OOO H | DupACK |Rtx DupACK| +----------+-----------+-----------+----------+----------+----------+----------+ | Fast Rtx | F Rtx H | Slow Rtx | InFlt H |SlowStarts| Rtx TO |Rtx Rtx TO| +----------+-----------+-----------+----------+----------+----------+----------+ | 0 CONTROL 4097 3225 0 0 0 0| | 0 0 0 2 0 0 0| +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2 portShow Min Retransmit Time 100 Keepalive Timeout 90 Max Retransmissions 9 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 10, DSCP Marking (Data): 62 VLAN Tagging Id 1062, L2CoS (Control): 1, L2CoS (data): 0 TCP Byte Streaming on Status : Active Connected Count: 1 Uptime 2 hours, 14 minutes, 34 seconds QoS Runtime Credit Controls: ============================================= iac_credits_total: 26366 iac_credits_posted: 32 iac_credits_queued: 0 iac_max_credits_queued: 1 iac_credits_pipesize: 20250000 iac_c
portShow 2 Min Retransmit Time 100 Keepalive Timeout 90 Max Retransmissions 9 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 10, DSCP Marking (Data): 62 VLAN Tagging Id 1062, L2CoS (Control): 1, L2CoS (data): 0 Connected Count: 1 Uptime 2 hours, 14 minutes, 47 seconds IKE Policy 1 IPSec Policy 1 Pre-Shared Key testingFIPSandIPSec VC QoS Map: VC DSCP L2CoS VC DSCP L2CoS VC DSCP L2CoS VC DSCP L2CoS 0 46 7 1 07 0 2 11 3 3 15 3 4 19 3 5 23 3 6 27 0 7 31 0 8 35 0 9 39 0 10 43 4 11 47 4 12 51 4 13 55 4 14 59 4 15 6
2 portShow FCIP RTT Variance = 1 ms FC control traffic TCP connection: Local 192.168.32.1:4129, Remote 192.168.32.2:3225 Data transfer TCP connection: Local 192.168.32.1:4130, Remote 192.168.32.2:3226 To display FICON EPCB for a GbE port 0 tunnel ID 1 with post display clearing of relevant statistics: switch:admin> portshow ficon ge0 1 -epcb -clear To display a list of discovered devices and selected path and status information on each.
portStats64Show 2 portStats64Show Displays the 64-bit hardware statistics for a port. Synopsis Description portstats64show [slot/]port [-long] Use this command to display 64-bit hardware statistics for a specified port. When used without the -longoption, two integers are reported for most values, the lower and upper 32-bits are reported as two separate numbers. In this case, the top word is the most significant.
2 portStats64Show stat64_rateTxPeakByte Tx peak Byte rate (Bps). stat64_rateRxPeakByte Rx peak Byte rate (Bps). stat64_PRJTFrames Number of P_RJT frames transmitted. stat64_PBSYFrames Number of P_BSY transmitted. stat64_inputBuffersFull Number of occasions on which input buffers are full. stat64_rxClass1Frames Number of class 1 frames received. The following counters provided by SNMP are displayed with portStats64Show -long on switches running Fabric OS v6.4.
portStats64Show 2 swConnUnittStatRxMulticastToObjects, stat_mc_to The number of multicast timeouts. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command is not supported on FCoE ports.
2 portStats64Show 0 0 9131157 er64_disc_c3 0 0 stat64_rateTxFrame stat64_rateRxFrame stat64_rateTxPeakFrame stat64_rateRxPeakFrame stat64_rateTxByte stat64_rateRxByte stat64_rateTxPeakByte stat64_rateRxPeakByte stat64_PRJTFrames bottom_int : Frames with bad end-of-frame top_int : Encoding error outside of frames bottom_int : Encoding error outside of frames top_int : Class 3 frames discarded bottom_int : Class 3 frames discarded 17 Tx frame rate (fr/sec) 17 Rx frame rate (fr/sec) 17 Tx peak frame rate (f
portStatsClear 2 portStatsClear Clears port hardware statistics. Synopsis portstatsclear [slot/]port portstatsclear -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portstatsclear -slot [slot1[-slot2][...] portstatsclear -h Description Use this command to clear the hardware statistics for the specified ports. Including ALPA-based CRC monitor, End-to-End monitor, and Filter-based performance monitor statistics. You can identify a single port to be cleared by its port number or by its port index number.
2 portStatsClear To clear hardware statistics for multiple port ranges specified by their index numbers: switch:admin> portstatsclear -i 32-40 50-56 To clear hardware statistics for all ports on slots 3-5: switch:admin> portstatsclear -s 3-5 To clear hardware statistics for all ports on slots 3-5 and 7-10: switch:admin> portstatsclear -s 3-5 7-10 See Also 788 portStats64Show, portStatsShow, portSwapDisable, portSwapShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
portStatsShow 2 portStatsShow Displays port hardware statistics. Synopsis portstatsshow [slot/]port portstatsshow -i [index1[-index2][...] [-f]] portstatsshow -slot [slot1[-slot2][...] portstatsshow ge [slot/]geport portstatsshow ip [slot/]geport [ip_address] portstatsshow fcip [slot/]geport [tunnel_number] portstatsshow -h Description Use this command to display port hardware statistics counters. Some counters are platform- or port-specific and display only on those platforms and ports.
2 portStatsShow tim_txcrd_z The number of times that the port was unable to transmit frames because the transmit BB credit was zero. The purpose of this statistic is to detect congestion or a device affected by latency. This parameter is sampled at intervals of 2.5 µs (microseconds), and the counter is incremented if the condition is true. Each sample represents 2.5 µs of time with zero Tx BB Credit. An increment of this counter means that the frames could not be sent to the attached device for 2.
portStatsShow open The number of times the FL_Port entered OPEN state. transfer The number of times the FL_Port entered TRANSFER state. opened The number of times the FL_Port entered OPENED state. starve_stop The number of loop tenancies stopped due to starvation. fl_tenancy The number of times the FL_Port had a loop tenancy. nl_tenancy The number of times the NL_Port had a loop tenancy. zero_tenancy The number of times a zero tenancy occurred.
2 portStatsShow ip_err_tcp_data_chksum The number of IP TCP data checksum errors observed on the GbE port. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command is not supported on FCoE ports.
portStatsShow tim_txcrd_z_vc 0- 3: tim_txcrd_z_vc 4- 7: tim_txcrd_z_vc 8-11: tim_txcrd_z_vc 12-15: er_enc_in er_crc er_trunc er_toolong er_bad_eof er_enc_out er_bad_os er_rx_c3_timeout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 er_tx_c3_timeout 0 er_c3_dest_unreach 0 er_other_discard er_type1_miss er_type2_miss er_type6_miss er_zone_miss er_lun_zone_miss er_crc_good_eof er_inv_arb open transfer opened starve_stop fl_tenancy nl_tenancy zero_tenancy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Encoding err
2 portStatsShow ge_err_carrier ge_err_length ge_err_crc ge_err_abort ge_err_overrun ge_err_fifo_ovf 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE GE GE GE GE GE lost carrier sense invalid length CRC Errors abort frames overruns Fifo overflow To display statistics for FCIP tunnel 2, slot 8, and GbE1 on the Brocade FR4-18i.
portSwap 2 portSwap Swaps the port Address of two ports. Synopsis Description portswap [slot1/]port1 [slott2/]port2 Use this command to swap the 24-bit port address (PID) for a pair of ports. Both ports must be disabled prior to executing this command and the port-swapping feature must be enabled using portSwapEnable. The result of this operation is persistent across reboots and power cycles.
2 portSwapDisable portSwapDisable Disables the PortSwap feature. Synopsis Description portswapdisable Use this command to disable the PortSwap feature. The portSwap command cannot be used after this feature is disabled. The disabled state of the PortSwap feature is persistent across reboots and power cycles. Enabling or disabling the PortSwap feature does not affect previously performed PortSwap operations.
portSwapEnable 2 portSwapEnable Enables the PortSwap feature. Synopsis Description portswapenable Use this command to enable the PortSwap feature. The portSwap command cannot be used unless the feature is first enabled with this command. The enabled state of the PortSwap feature is persistent across reboots and power cycles. Enabling or disabling the PortSwap feature does not affect previously performed PortSwap operations.
2 portSwapShow portSwapShow Displays the state of the PortSwap feature. Synopsis Description Note portswapshow Use this command to display the state of the PortSwap feature and information about swapped ports. If portSwap is enabled and ports have been swapped, the command displays the enabled status as well as the swapped ports and the new port address (the 24-bit PID) for these ports.
portTest 2 portTest Performs a functional test of a switch in a live fabric. Synopsis Description porttest [-ports itemlist][-iteration count][-userdelay time][-timeout time][-pattern pattern] [-patsize size][-seed seed][-listtype porttype] Use this command to isolate problems in a single replaceable element and to trace problems to near-end terminal equipment, far-end terminal equipment, or the transmission line.
2 portTest Use the portTestShow command to view the current status of portTest. Refer to the portTestShow help page for more information. If there is a port type change during portTest execution, the test continues on a given port as long as it can be supported and it is asked to do so. If a request was made to test all ports on a given switch, portTest starts a new test appropriate for the new port type.
portTestShow 2 portTestShow Displays information from portTest. Synopsis Description Note Operands porttestshow [-ports itemlist] Use this command to display a snapshot of information from portTest. The command output displays statistical data about past test runs and values for parameters that were set when the test was run. Refer to the portTest help page for more information on the displayed parameters. The output includes the following information: Port number Displays test status for the port.
2 portTestShow Examples To display information from portTest: switch:admin> porttestshow 1 Port 1 : PASS PortType: OTHER PortInternalState: INIT Pattern: 0x0 Seed: 0x0 TotalIteration: 0 TotalFail: 0 StartTime: NONE StopTime: NONE Timeout: 0 See Also 802 PortState: NO TEST PortTypeToTest: NO_TEST UserDelay: 0 CurrentIteration: 0 ConsecutiveFail: 0 ErrorCode: 0 portLoopbackTest, portTest, spinFab, stopPortTest Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
portThConfig 2 portThConfig Configures Fabric Watch event thresholds per port type.
2 portThConfig For more information on port threshold configuration procedures, including default values for specific area high/low thresholds, refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator’s Guide. Execution of this command requires a Fabric Watch License. Operands This command has the following operands: port_type Specifies the port type for which to configure or display Fabric Watch settings. This operand is optional with the --show option. With all configuration options it is required.
portThConfig 2 Configures the Fabric Watch thresholds for monitoring a specified area for all ports of a specified port type. When configuring a threshold, you must specify a port type and area. The following operands are optional and valid only with the --set option. Defaults are used unless you configure custom settings. Defaults parameters vary depending on the area and platform. Refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator’s Guide for specific details.
2 portThConfig --cancel Cancels a nonpersistent custom configuration. This command effectively undoes the -nosave operation without reboot. You must specify a port type and area type with this command. Thresholds and alarm levels are optional with this command; if omitted, all nonpersistent configurations for the specified port type and area type are canceled. --show Displays the threshold configuration or run-time status for all configured port types and areas.
portThConfig 2 To cancel the custom settings that have previously been saved nonpersistently: switch:admin> portthconfig --cancel ve-port -area util -action_level cust -thresh_level cust To display the port threshold configuration for all port types and areas: switch:admin> portthconfig --show PortType: E-port Area : CRC ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Default: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Low: Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Default
2 portThConfig Value : 0 Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Default: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 0 Above Action: None Below Action: None Buffer: Custom: Value : 100 Value : 100 Default: Port persistence time = 18s Area : LR ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 500 Above Action: None Below Action: None TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 500 Above Action: None Below Action: None TimeBase: Value :
portThConfig 2 Trigger : Below Action: None Low: Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 0 Above Action: None Below Action: None TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 0 Above Action: None Below Action: None Default: Buffer: Custom: Value : 100 Default: Value : 100 Port persistence time = 18s To display current values for all port types and areas: Switch:admin> portthConfig --show -current PortType|Area |PortNo|C# |Value |State --------|-------|------|----|---------|------E-port
2 portThConfig E-port |ST E-port |ST E-port |ST E-port |ST FOP-port|CRC |000005|n/a |000007|n/a |000032|n/a |000038|n/a |000019|n/a |0 |0 |0 |0 |0 |InRange |InRange |InRange |InRange To display current values for CRC errors for all port types and areas: Switch:admin> portthConfig --show -area CRC -current PortType|Area |PortNo|C# |Value |State --------|-------|------|----|---------|------E-port |CRC |000005|n/a |0 |Info E-port |CRC |000007|n/a |0 |Info E-port |CRC |000032|n/a |0 |Info E-port |CRC |000
portTrunkArea 2 portTrunkArea Assigns or removes a trunk area (TA) from a port or port trunk group; displays masterless F_Port trunking configuration.
2 portTrunkArea Bandwidth The bandwidth (Rx, Tx, and the combined total for Tx+Rx) of the trunk group. Values are displayed as either bits per second (Bps), kilobits per second (Kbps), megabits per second (Mbps), or gigabits per second (Gbps), rounded down to the next integer. Throughput Displays the throughput (Rx, Tx, and the combined total for Tx+Rx) of the trunk group. Results are displayed for the previous second.
portTrunkArea 2 13. Device Connection Control (DCC) Policy must be removed from ports prior to creating a TA. You can re-enable DCC policy after creating the TA. 14. You cannot assign a TA while AG mode is enabled. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Masterless F_Port trunking requires an ISL Trunking license.
2 portTrunkArea Examples trunk Displays configuration details for the port trunk group, including user port, neighboring user port, and master port properties. enabled Displays configuration details for all ports included in a user assigned TA (all ports on which masterless F_Port trunking is enabled). disabled Displays configuration details for all ports not included in a user assigned TA (all portson which masterless F_Port trunking is notenabled).
portTrunkArea 2 To display trunk details for a user assigned TA 25 that includes ports 24-25: switch:admin> porttrunkarea --show trunk Trunk Index 25: 25->0 sp: 8.000G bw: 16.000G deskew 15 MASTER Tx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.63Gbps (11.84%) Rx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.62Gbps (11.76%) Tx+Rx: Bandwidth 32.00Gbps, Throughput 3.24Gbps (11.80%) 24->1 sp: 8.000G bw: 8.000G deskew 15 Tx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.63Gbps (11.84%) Rx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.62Gbps (11.
2 portZoneShow portZoneShow Displays the enforced zone type of the F_Ports and FL_Ports of a switch. Synopsis Description portzoneshow Use this command to display the enforced zone type of the F_Ports and FL_Ports of a switch. Output shows virtual port number (decimal), physical port number (decimal), online status, and if online, port type. If the current zone configuration has been disabled by cfgDisable, the fabric is in non-zoning mode, in which all devices see each other.
powerOffListSet 2 powerOffListSet Sets the order in which slots are powered off. Synopsis Description powerofflistset Use this command to Modify the order in which slots are powered off. This command displays the current order, and then prompts you interactively to confirm or modify the power-off position for each slot.
2 powerOffListSet 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th slot slot slot slot slot slot slot to to to to to to to be be be be be be be powered powered powered powered powered powered powered off: off: off: off: off: off: off: (2..10) [9] 2 (3..10) [8] 3 (4..10) [7] 4 (7..10) [7] 10 (7..9) [8] 9 (7..8) [8] 8 (7..
powerOffListShow 2 powerOffListShow Displays the order in which slots are powered off. Synopsis Description powerofflistshow Use this command to display the order in which the physical slots are powered off. Whenever a power supply goes out of service or a field-replaceable unit (FRU) is inserted, the system's available power is compared to the system's required power to determine if there is enough power to operate.
2 psShow psShow Displays power supply status. Synopsis Description psshow Use this command to display the current status of the switch power supplies. The status of each supply is displayed as: OK Power supply functioning correctly. absent Power supply not present. unknown Unknown power supply unit installed. predicting failure Power supply is present but predicting failure. faulty Power supply present but faulty (no power cable, power switch turned off, fuse blown, or other internal error).
reBoot 2 reBoot Reboots the control processor (CP). Synopsis Description reboot [-f] Use this command to perform a “cold reboot” (power off/restart) of the control processor. This operation may be disruptive, and the command prompts for confirmation before executing. When you reboot a switch connected to a fabric, all traffic to and from that switch stops. All Fibre Channel ports on that switch including E_Ports become inactive until the switch comes back online.
2 reBoot To reboot a CP on a DCX when HA is enabled: switch:admin> reboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. Are you sure you want to reboot the active CP [y/n]? y Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Sun Feb 28 19:49:45 2010... The system is going down for reboot NOW !! To reboot a CP on a DCX when haFailover is disabled: switch:admin> reboot This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system.
routeHelp 2 routeHelp Displays a list of FSPF-related commands. Synopsis Description Note routehelp Use this command to display a list of fabric-shortest-path-first (FSPF)-related commands. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 secActiveSize secActiveSize Displays the size of the active security database. Synopsis Description secactivesize Use this command to display the size of the active security database. The command also displays the maximum database size. For switches running Fabric OS v6.2.0 and later, the maximum security database size is 1 megabyte per logical switch. With up to eight partitions, the total database size on a chassis can be up to 8 megabytes.
secAuthCertificate 2 secAuthCertificate Configures FCAP certificate for authentication with peer switches Synopsis secauthcertificate --show secauthcertificate --set [-wwn wwn | -did domain_id |-all] [ -usecert brcd | thirdparty] secauthcertificate --remove [-wwn wwn | -did domain_id |-all] secauthcertificate --help Description Use this command to manage certificates for FCAP authentication on a switch.
2 secAuthCertificate Examples To add a peer switch to the database and specify that third party certificates be used: switch:admin> secauthcertificate --set -wwn 10:00:00:05:1e:41:4b:35 -usecert brcd Peer switch with WWN 10:00:00:05:1e:41:4b:35 added.
secAuthSecret 2 secAuthSecret Manages the DH-CHAP shared secret key information. Synopsis secauthsecret --show secauthsecret --set secauthsecret --remove value | --all Description Note Operands Use this command to manage the DH-CHAP shared secret key database used for authentication. This command displays, sets, and removes shared secret key information from the database or deletes the entire database.
2 secAuthSecret 1. WWN for which secret is being set up. 2. Peer secret: The secret of the peer that authenticates to peer. 3. Local secret: The local secret that authenticates peer.
secCertUtil 2 secCertUtil Manages certificates on a switch.
2 secCertUtil Note Operands The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: genkey Generates a public/private key pair. This is the first step in setting up a third-party certificate. The following operands are optional; when omitted, the command prompts interactively for input values to these operands.
secCertUtil 2 showcsr Displays the content of the CSR on the switch without page breaks. Use the pipe operator followed by the “more” option to display the content one page at a time. delcsr [-nowarn] Deletes CSR. This command prompts for confirmation before deleting the CSR unless -nowarn is specified. generate -fcapall Generates FCAP switch CSR, passphrase, and key. -keysize 1024 | 2048 Specifies the size of the key. Valid values are 1024 or 2048. bits.
2 secCertUtil -login login name Specifies the login name for the server. -password password Specifies the password for the user account. When using SCP, for security reasons, do not enter a password on the command line. Use the interactive version instead. import Imports a certificate. Use this command to import a certificate from the server or to download a certificate issued by a CA after sending the CSR to the CA. Specify one of the following certificates: -ldapcacert Imports an LDAP CA certificate.
secCertUtil Examples 2 To generate a public/private key pair in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil genkey Generating a new key pair will automatically do the following: 1. Delete all existing CSRs. 2. Delete all existing certificates. 3. Reset the certificate filename to none. 4. Disable secure protocols. Continue (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Select key size [1024 or 2048]: 1024 Generating new rsa public/private key pair Done.
2 secCertUtil Enter Login Name: mylogin Enter Password: password Success: imported certificate [ldap.cert]. To import an LDAP certificate from a remote host to the local switch in noninteractive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil import -ldapcacert -protocol ftp -ipaddr 195.168.38.206 \ -remotedir /users/home/remote_certs -certname ldap.cer -login abcd -passwd passwd Success: imported certificate [ldap.cert].
secCertUtil 2 To export an LDAP CA certificate from the local switch to a remote host in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil export -ldapcacert Select protocol [ftp or scp]: scp Enter IP address: 192.168.38.206 Enter remote directory: /users/home/remote/mycerts Enter Login Name: username Enter LDAP certificate name (must have ".pem" \ suffix):filename.
2 secCertUtil To generate FCAP PKI objects: switch:admin> seccertutil generate -fcapall -keysize 1024 Generating a new key pair will automatically do the following: 1. Delete all existing CSRs. 2. Delete existing switch certificate. 3. Reset the certificate filename to none. Continue (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Installing Private Key and Csr... Switch key pair and CSR generated...
secDefineSize 2 secDefineSize Displays the size of the defined security database. Synopsis Description secdefinesize Use this command to display the size of the defined security database. The command also displays the maximum database size. For switches running Fabric OS v6.2.0 and later, the maximum security database size is 1 Megabyte per logical switch. With up to eight partitions, the total database size on a chassis can be up to 8 Megabytes.
2 secGlobalShow secGlobalShow Displays the current internal security state information. Synopsis Description secglobalshow Use this command to display security server-specific information as a snapshot of its current state.
secGlobalShow 2 Security Defined DataSize 35 bytes Define Sum 215b Zone Size (include enabled configuration) 312 bytes Zone sum e04b215b sec_db: free primaryDLPhase 0 ----wwnDL State----pid tid key sec usec --------- LOG CACHE --------14:08:50 813905136 secipadm_ipchange receives notification 14:08:50 850588912 secProcessIPChange starts processing 14:08:50 850588912 secProcessIPChange acks completion [Output truncated] See Also secActiveSize, secDefineSize Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 83
2 secHelp secHelp Displays information about security commands. Synopsis Description Note sechelp Use this command to display a list of security commands with a brief description of the commands. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
secPolicyAbort 2 secPolicyAbort Aborts all unsaved changes to the defined database. Synopsis Description Notes secpolicyabort Use this command to abort all changes to the defined security database that have not been saved to flash memory and to abort changes to policy creation and modification operations from all the switches if a fabric-wide consistency policy is not set for the particular policy. When an FCS policy is enabled, this command can be issued only from the Primary FCS switch.
2 secPolicyActivate secPolicyActivate Saves and activates the Defined Security Policy Set. Synopsis Description secpolicyactivate Use this command to activate the current defined security policy to all switches in the fabric. This activates the policy set on the local switch or all switches in the fabric depending on the fabric-wide consistency policy.
secPolicyAdd 2 secPolicyAdd Adds members to an existing security policy. Synopsis Description secpolicyadd “name”, “member[;member...]” Use this command to add one or more members to an existing access policy. Each policy corresponds to a management method. The list of members of a policy acts as an access control list for that management method. Before a policy is created, there is no enforcement for that management method; all access is granted.
2 secPolicyAdd “member” Specify a list of one or more member switches to be included in the security policy. The list must be enclosed in quotation marks; members must be separated by semicolons. Depending on the policy type, members are specified as follows. FCS_POLICY or SCC_POLICY Members This policy type requires member IDs to be specified as WWN strings, Domains, or switch names. If Domain IDs or switch names are used, the switches associated must be present in the fabric or the command fails.
secPolicyCreate 2 secPolicyCreate Creates a new security policy. Synopsis Description secpolicycreate "name" [, "member[;member...]"] Use this command to create a new policy and to edit Switch Connection Control (SCC), Device Connection Control (DCC), and Fabric Configuration Server (FCS) policies on the local switch. All policies can be created only once, except for the DCC_POLICY_nnn. Each DCC_POLICY_nnn must have a unique name.
2 secPolicyCreate The DCC_POLICY_nnn name has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user-defined characters. These characters do not have to be capitalized like regular policy names. Valid values for DCC_POLICY_nnn are user-defined alphanumeric or underscore characters. The maximum length is 30 characters, including the prefix DCC_POLICY_. secpolicycreate DCC_POLICY "*" may be used to indicate DCC lockdown.
secPolicyCreate Examples 2 To create an FCS policy: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicycreate "FCS_POLICY", "3; 4" FCS_POLICY has been created. While creating the FCS policy, the local switch WWN is automatically included in the list. Switches included in the FCS list are FCS switches and the remaining switches in the fabric are non-FCS switches. Out of the FCS list, the switch that is in the first position becomes the Primary FCS switch and the remaining switches become backup FCS switches.
2 secPolicyDelete secPolicyDelete Deletes an existing security policy. Synopsis Description secpolicydelete name Use this command to delete an existing security policy from the defined security database. Run secPolicyActivate to delete the policies from the active security policy list. Deleting a security policy does not cause any traffic disruption. Each policy corresponds to a management method. The list of members of a policy acts as an access control list for that management method.
secPolicyDelete 2 To delete all stale DCC policies in the fabric: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicydelete ALL_STALE_DCC_POLICY About to clear all STALE DCC policies ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y See Also secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyCreate, secPolicyDump, secPolicyRemove, secPolicySave, secPolicyShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 849
2 secPolicyDump secPolicyDump Displays the members of one or all existing security policies. Synopsis Description Notes secpolicydump [“listtype”][, “name”] Use this command to display, without page breaks, the members of an existing policy in the active and defined (saved) databases. When issued without operands, this command displays the members of all security policies. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
secPolicyDump 2 To display all security policies in the active database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "active" ____________________________________________________ ACTIVE POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Pos Primary WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------1 Yes 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 2 No 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown SCC_POLICY WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown DCC_POLICY_h1
2 secPolicyDump To display the FCS policies in the defined database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "Defined","FCS_POLICY" ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Pos Primary WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------1 Yes 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 2 No 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown To display the SCC policies in the defined database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "Defined","SCC_POLICY" ____________________________________________
secPolicyFCSMove 2 secPolicyFCSMove Moves a member in the FCS policy. Synopsis Description Notes secpolicyfcsmove [from, to] Use this command to move an FCS member from one position to another position in the FCS list. Only one FCS can be moved at a time. The first FCS switch in the list that is also present in the fabric is the Primary FCS. If a backup FCS is moved to the first position, it becomes the primary FCS after activation.
2 secPolicyFCSMove switch:admin> secpolicyfcsmove 3,1 ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Pos Primary WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------1 No 10:00:00:05:1e:35:cd:ef 200 switch3 2 Yes 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 2 switch1 3 No 10:00:00:05:1e:04:ef:0e 4 switch2 switch:admin> secpolicyactivate About to overwrite the current Active Policy Set. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y secpolicyactivate command was completed successfully.
secPolicyRemove 2 secPolicyRemove Removes members from an existing security policy. Synopsis Description Notes secpolicyremove “name” , “member[;member...]” Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing security policy. It is not possible to remove all members from the FCS_POLICY; the local switch WWN cannot be deleted from the FCS policy. In the case of SCC policy, if it is empty after removing all members, all access to the switch itself would be disallowed.
2 secPolicyRemove parameter can be specified by port number separated by commas, and enclosed in either brackets or parentheses: for example, (2, 4, 6). Ports enclosed in brackets include the devices currently attached to those ports. The following examples illustrate several ways to specify the port values: (1-6) Selects ports 1 through 6. (*) Selects all ports on the switch. [3, 9] Selects ports 3 and 9 and all devices attached to those ports.
secPolicySave 2 secPolicySave Saves a defined security policy to persistent memory. Synopsis secpolicysave Description Use this command to save a defined security policy to persistent memory. Secpolicysave saves the modified SCC, DCC, and FCS policies to the Defined Security Policy Set on the local switch. Notes This command is always a local switch operation. A fabric-wide consistency configuration does not affect the behavior of this command.
2 secPolicyShow secPolicyShow Displays an existing security policy including the FCS policy. Synopsis Description secpolicyshow [“policy_set”[“, name”]] Use this command to display the members of an existing policy in the Active or Defined security policy set. The command can be issued from all FCS switches. This command displays the policy database one page at a time. Use secPolicyDump to display the policy database without page breaks.
secPolicyShow 2 To display all security policies from defined databases: switch:admin> secpolicyshow "defined" ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Pos Primary WWN DId swName _____________________________________________________ 1 Yes 10:00:00:60:69:30:15:5c 1 primaryfcs 2 No 10:00:00:60:69:30:1e:62 4 switch _________________________________________________________ See Also fddCfg, secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyCreate, secPolicyDe
2 secStatsReset secStatsReset Resets one or all security statistics to 0. Synopsis Description secstatsreset [name][,” domain[;domain]”] Use this command to reset one or all security statistics to 0. This command can be issued on any switch to reset the security statistics on the local switch or chassis. If an FCS policy is enabled and secStatsReset is issued on the primary FCS switch, this command can reset security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric.
secStatsReset 2 To access DCC policies, enter DCC_POLICY. Violations are not tracked for individual DCC policies. The statistics for all DCC_POLICY violations are grouped together. domain(s) Examples Specify a list of domain IDs on which to reset the security statistics. Specify an asterisk (*) to represent all switches in the fabric or specify a list of domains, separated by semicolons and enclosed in quotation marks.
2 secStatsShow secStatsShow Displays one or all security statistics. Synopsis Description secstatsshow [name[, “domain[;domain]”]] Use this command to display one or all security statistics. This command can be issued on any switch to display local security statistics. If an FCS policy is enabled and secStatsShow is issued on the primary FCS switch, this command can retrieve and display the security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric.
secStatsShow 2 ILLEGAL_CMD To access DCC policies, enter DCC_POLICY. Violations are not tracked for individual DCC policies. The statistics for all DCC_POLICY violations are grouped together. domain Examples Specify one or more domains for which to display the security statistics. Specify an asterisk (*) in quotation marks to represent all switches in the fabric or specify a list of domains separated by semicolons.
2 sensorShow sensorShow Displays sensor readings. Synopsis sensorshow Description Use this command to display the current temperature, fan, and power supply status and readings from sensors located on the switch. The actual location of the sensors varies, depending on the switch type. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
setContext 2 setContext Sets the logical switch context to a specified FID. Synopsis Description setcontext FID Use this command to set the logical switch context to a specified fabric ID (FID). The FID uniquely defines a partition as a logical switch. Use lscfg --show -cfg to display currently configured partitions and their FIDs. A logical switch context defines the boundaries within which a user can execute commands in a Virtual Fabric-aware environment.
2 setDbg setDbg Sets the debug level of the specified module. Synopsis Description setdbg [module_name][level] Use this command to set the debug level of a specified module. Debug levels filter the display of debug messages to the serial console. By default, no debug messages are displayed. High debug level values can generate a large volume of messages, degrading the system response time. The set of supported modules and their current debug levels are displayed by the command dbgShow.
setVerbose 2 setVerbose Specifies module verbose level. Synopsis Description Note Operands Examples setverbose [module_name][level] Use this command to set the verbose level of the specified module. These levels filter the display of the debug message to the serial console. By default, no debug messages are displayed. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 sfpShow sfpShow Displays Small Form-factor Pluggable SFP information. Synopsis sfpshow sfpshow [slot/]geport [ -f] sfpshow -all Description Use this command to display information about Serial Identification SFPs (also known as module definition "4" SFPs). These SFPs provide extended information that describes the SFP’s capabilities, interfaces, manufacturer, and other information. Use this command without operands to display a summary of all SFPs in the switch.
sfpShow Examples 2 To display SFP summary information: switch:admin> sfpshow Slot 1/Port 0: -Slot 1/Port 1: -Slot 1/Port 2: -Slot 1/Port 3: -Slot 1/Port 4: id (sw) Vendor: Speed: 100,200_MB/s Slot 1/Port 5: id (sw) Vendor: Speed: 100,200_MB/s Slot 1/Port 6: -Slot 1/Port 7: -Slot 1/Port 8: id (sw) Vendor: Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s Slot 1/Port 9: -Slot 1/Port 10: id (sw) Vendor: Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s Slot 1/Port 11: -Slot 1/Port 12: id (sw) Vendor: Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s IBM Serial No: 21P70530013BP IB
2 sfpShow To display mini-SFPs on a DCX-4S with a FC8-64 blade: switch:user> setcontext 52 switch:user> sfpshow Slot 8/Port 60: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UYA109291003972 Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s Slot 8/Port 61: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UYA109301011012 Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s Slot 8/Port 62: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UYA109291004082 Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s To display mini-SFP details on a DCX with an FC8-64 blade: switch:user> sfpshow 12/8 Identifier: 3 SFP Connector: 7 LC Tr
sfpShow 2 Length 9u: 0 (units 100 meters) Length 50u: 0 (units 10 meters) Length 62.
2 sfpShow Length Cu: Vendor Name: Vendor OUI: Vendor PN: Vendor Rev: Wavelength: Options: BR Max: BR Min: Serial No: Date Code: DD Type: Enh Options: 0 (units 1 meter) IBM 08:00:5a IBM42P21SNY AA10 0 (units nm) 001a Loss_of_Sig,Tx_Fault,Tx_Disable 5 5 21P7053164529 01060501 0x0 0x0 ============= Port 1: ============= Identifier: 3 SFP Connector: 7 LC Transceiver: 050c402000000000 100,200_MB/s M5,M6 sw Inter_dist Encoding: 1 8B10B Baud Rate: 21 (units 100 megabaud) Length 9u: 0 (units km) Length 9u: 0 (u
shellFlowControlDisable 2 shellFlowControlDisable Disables XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. Synopsis Description shellflowcontroldisable Use this command to disable XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. Flow control is disabled by default. Because this command changes the flow control on the console serial port, it must be executed from a session that is logged in from the console serial port. This command cannot run from a Telnet session.
2 shellFlowControlEnable shellFlowControlEnable Enables XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. Synopsis Description shellflowcontrolenable Use this command to enable XON/XOFF flow control to the shell task. Flow control is disabled by default. Because this command changes the flow control on the console serial port, it must be executed from a session that is logged in from the console serial port. This command cannot run from a Telnet session.
slotPowerOff 2 slotPowerOff Removes power from a slot. Synopsis Description Note Operands slotpoweroff slot Use this command to turn off the power to a blade unit. The slot must have a valid blade unit present and the blade unit must be of a type that can be powered off. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 slotPowerOn slotPowerOn Restores power to a slot. Synopsis Description Note Operands slotpoweron slot Use this command to turn on the power to a blade unit. The slot must have a valid blade unit present and the blade unit must be currently powered off. The slotShow command reports such slots as being in the state of INSERTED, NOT POWERED ON. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
slotShow 2 slotShow Displays the status of all slots in the system. Synopsis Description slotshow [-m] [-p] Use this command to display the current status of each slot in the system. Depending on the option used, the command retrieves information on blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model name, and power usage for each slot in the switch or chassis. When no operand is specified, slotShow displays the blade type, blade ID, and status for each slot.
2 slotShow Status VACANT Displays the status of the blade as one of the following: The slot is empty. INSERTED, NOT POWERED ON The blade is present in the slot but is turned off. POWERING UP The blade is present and powering on. LOADING The blade is present, powered on, and loading the initial configuration. DIAG RUNNING POST1 The blade is present, powered on, and running the POST (power-on self-test). DIAG RUNNING POST2 The blade is present, powered on, and running the preboot power on self tests.
slotShow Examples 2 To display a basic view of all slots and their status: switch:user> slotshow Slot Blade Type ID Status ----------------------------------1 SW BLADE 51 FAULTY (21) 2 SW BLADE 51 DISABLED 3 SW BLADE 55 ENABLED 4 SW BLADE 51 DIAG RUNNING POST2 5 CORE BLADE 52 ENABLED 6 CP BLADE 50 ENABLED 7 CP BLADE 50 ENABLED 8 CORE BLADE 52 ENABLED 9 UNKNOWN VACANT 10 AP BLADE 33 LOADING 11 SW BLADE 55 DIAG RUNNING POST1 12 SW BLADE 51 INSERTED, NOT POWERED ON 1 To display power consumption informatio
2 slotShow To display Brocade model names for each blade in a Brocade DCX-4S: switch:user> slotshow -m Slot Blade Type ID Model Name Status -------------------------------------------------1 AP BLADE 43 FS8-18 ENABLED 2 SW BLADE 51 FC8-48 ENABLED 3 CORE BLADE 46 CR4S-8 ENABLED 4 CP BLADE 50 CP8 ENABLED 5 CP BLADE 50 CP8 ENABLED 6 CORE BLADE 46 CR4S-8 ENABLED 7 SW BLADE 37 FC8-16 ENABLED 8 SW BLADE 77 FC8-64 ENABLED To display Brocade model names for each blade in a Brocade DCX-4S: switch:user> slotshow -
snmpConfig 2 snmpConfig Manages the SNMP agent configuration. Synopsis snmpConfig --show | --set | --default [snmpv1 | snmpv3 | accessControl | mibCapability | systemGroup | seclevel] snmpConfig --set mibCapability [-mib_name mib_name [ -bitmask bit_mask]] snmpConfig --enable |--disable mibCapability --mib_name mib_name [-trap_name trap_name] snmpConfig --help Description Use this command to manage the configuration of the SNMP agent in the switch.
2 snmpConfig --show, --set, and --default support the following arguments: snmpv1 Selects SNMPv1-related configuration parameters. These parameters include the community string, trap recipient IP address, and trap severity level associated with each trap recipient IP address. When "0" is configured as a trap port, traps can be received at the default port 162. snmpv3 Selects SNMPv3-related configuration parameters.
snmpConfig 2 For an SNMP management station to receive a trap generated by the agent, the administrator must configure a trap recipient to correspond to the IP address of the management station. In addition, the trap recipient must be able to pass the access control list (ACL) check as described in the Access Control category.
2 snmpConfig When new passwords are entered for any user entry, a new authKey and privKey are generated. The new passwords must be updated on the client (e.g., MIB browser) as well. AuthKey and privKey can also be updated with the delta key mechanism provided by the SNMPv3 protocol. The system prompts for password confirmation if a protocol other than NoAuth/NoPriv is selected. Protocol passwords must be between 1 and 20 characters.
snmpConfig 2 -mib_name mib_name Specifies the name of the MIB to be configured. This operand is required if you want to configure MIB traps noninteractively. Valid MIB names include the following. • • • • • • • • • FE-MIB SW-MIB FA-MIB FICON-MIB HA-MIB FCIP-MIB ISCSI-MIB IF-MIB BD-MIB -bitmask bit_mask Specifies the bit mask for the MIB. In Fabric OS v6.4.0 and later, SNMP Traps are identified by their bit mask and can be read directly from the switch configuration.
2 snmpConfig TABLE 25 MIB SNMP Trap bit mask values Trap Name Bit mask Default connUnitSensorStatusChange (5) 0x20 Enabled connUnitPortStatusChange (6) 0x40 Enabled (FICON events) 0x1 Enabled linkRNIDDeviceRegistration (1) 0x2 Enabled linkRNIDDevicedeRegistration (2) 0x4 Enabled linkLIRRListenerAdded (3) 0x8 Enabled linkLIRRListenerRemoved (4) 0x10 Enabled linkRLIRFailureIncident (5) 0x20 Enabled (High-Availability events) 0x1 Enabled fruStatusChanged (1) 0x2 Enabled cpSt
snmpConfig 2 sysContact The contact information for this system (switch). The default value is Field Support. Refer to the definition of sysDescr, sysLocation and sysContact in the system group of MIB-II. The string must be at least 4 characters in length; the maximum length is 255 characters. authTraps When enabled, the authentication trap (authenticationFailure) is transmitted to a configured trap recipient in the event that the agent receives a protocol message that is not properly authenticated.
2 snmpConfig Community (ro): [public] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] Community (ro): [common] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] Community (ro): [FibreChannel] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] To set the access control configuration: switch:admin> snmpconfig --set accessControl SNMP access list configuration: Access host subnet area in dot notation: [0.0.0.0] 192.168.0.0 Read/Write? (true, t, false, f): [true] Access host subnet area in dot notation: [0.0.0.0] 10.32.148.
snmpConfig 2 swIPv6ChangeTrap: NO swPmgrEventTrap: NO swFabricReconfigTrap: NO swFabricSegmentTrap: NO swExtTrap: NO [...] To enable the SW-MIB MIB only without changing the current trap configuration: switch:admin> snmpconfig --enable mibCapability -mib_name SW-MIB Operation succeeded switch:admin> snmpconfig --show mibCapability [...
2 snmpConfig To display the configuration for all MIBs and associated traps: switch:admin> snmpconfig --show mibCapability FE-MIB: YES SW-MIB: YES FA-MIB: YES FICON-MIB: YES HA-MIB: YES FCIP-MIB: YES ISCSI-MIB: YES IF-MIB: YES BD-MIB: YES SW-TRAP: NO swFault: NO swSensorScn: NO swFCPortScn: NO swEventTrap: NO DesiredSeverity:None swFabricWatchTrap: NO DesiredSeverity:None swTrackChangesTrap: NO swIPv6ChangeTrap: NO swPmgrEventTrap: NO swFabricReconfigTrap: NO swFabricSegmentTrap: NO swExtTrap: NO FA-TRAP:
snmpConfig 2 To restore the systemGroup configuration to default values: switch:admin> snmpconfig --default systemGroup ***** This command will reset the agent's system group configuration back to factory default ***** sysDescr = Fibre Channel Switch sysLocation = End User Premise sysContact = Field Support authTraps = 0 (OFF) ***** Are you sure? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To set the security level: switch:admin> snmpconfig --set seclevel Select SNMP Security Level (0 = No security, 1 = Authentication only,
2 snmpConfig Trap Entry 1: No trap recipient configured Trap Entry 2: 10.35.52.
snmpConfig See Also References 2 none Refer to the following publications for further information on SNMP: Fabric OS MIB Reference SW_v5_x.
2 snmpTraps snmpTraps Sends or displays SNMP traps. Synopsis snmptraps --send [-trap_name trap_name] [-ip_address ip_address] snmptraps --show snmptraps --help Description Use this command to generate specific Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps, to test the trap recipient, and to validate Management Information Base (MIB) objects and associated traps that are supported in Fabric OS. Use the --send option to send a specific SNMP trap to a recipient indicated by its IP address.
snmpTraps 2 To display the traps and MIBs supported in Fabric OS: switch:admin> snmpTraps --show # |Mib Name |Supported Traps ---|----------------|-------------------------------001|SW-MIB |sw-track-changes-trap | |sw-fabric-watch-trap | |sw-fc-port-scn | |ip-v6-change-trap | |sw-pmgr-event-trap | |sw-event-trap | |sw-fabric-reconfig-trap | |sw-fabric-segment-trap 002|FICON-MIB |link-rnid-device-registration | |link-rnid-device-deregistration | |link-lirr-listerner-added | |link-lirr-listerner-removed | |
2 spinFab spinFab Runs functional test of interswitch link (ISL) cabling and trunk group operation. Synopsis Description spinfab [-nmegs count][-ports itemlist][-setfail mode][-fports flag] Use this command to verify the intended functional operation of interswitch links (ISLs) at the maximum speed by setting up the routing hardware so that test frames received by each E_Port are retransmitted on the same E_Port.
spinFab 2 • F_Ports connected to an HBA. The following ports do not support the spinFab test: • • • • • Interchassis links (ICL) ports F_Ports connected to an Access Gateway EX_Ports E_Ports connected to EX_Ports If Access Gateway mode is enabled, spinFab tests only the F_Ports connected to Brocade-branded HBAs and skips all other ports (F_Ports connected to non-Brocade branded HBAs and N_Ports).
2 spinFab Examples To test cascading ISLs: switch:admin> spinfab -ports 1/0 - 1/2 spinfab running... spinfab: Completed 11 megs, status: passed. port 0 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 1 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 2 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. Test Complete: "spinfab" Pass 10 of 10 Duration 0 hr, 0 min & 41 sec (0:0:41:877). passed. Diagnostics When it detects failures, the test may report one or more of the following error messages.
sshUtil 2 sshUtil Manages public key authentication. Synopsis sshutil allowuser user name sshutil showuser sshutil importpubkey sshutil showpubkeys sshutil delpubkeys sshutil genkey sshutil exportpubkey sshutil delprivkey sshutil help Description Use this command to enable and manage SSH public key authentication on a switch. SSH public key authentication provides a mechanism for authenticating an authorized user without a password.
2 sshUtil Operands This command supports the following operands: allowuser user name Configures the specified user to perform public key authentication and all related management operations. This operation can only be performed by the default admin. The default admin is, by default, a configured user. Only one user can be configured at any given time.
sshUtil 2 genkey prompts for user input on the following parameters: passphrase Accepts a string of arbitrary length. This operand is optional, but creating a pass-phrase is strongly recommended. Good pass phrases are 10-30 characters long, are not simple sentences or otherwise easily guessable and contain a mix of upper and lowercase letters, numbers, and nonalphanumeric characters. There is no way to recover a lost pass phrase.
2 sshUtil Password: public key is imported successfully. 3.
statsClear 2 statsClear Clears port and diagnostic statistics. Synopsis Description statsclear [--slot slot][-uports itemlist][-bports itemlist][-use_bports value] Use this command to clear the port and diagnostics statistics for the specified list of blade or user ports. You can issue this command on the FR4-18i blade in a Brocade chassis; however, the command is not supported by the Brocade platform and does not affect any other feature operations.
2 stopPortTest stopPortTest Terminates the running portTest. Synopsis Description Note Operands stopporttest [-ports itemlist] Use this command to terminate the portTest command. Refer to the portTest help page for more information. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
supportFfdc 2 supportFfdc Modifies or displays the first-fault data capture (FFDC) daemon. Synopsis supportffdc [--disable | --enable | --show] Description Use this command to disable or enable the FFDC events, or to display the current configuration. If disabled, the daemon does not capture any data even when a message with FFDC attributes is logged. FFDC is enabled by default. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 supportFtp supportFtp Sets, clears, or displays support FTP parameters and enables or disables auto file transfer. Synopsis supportftp [-S] supportftp -s [-h host][-u username][-p password][-d remotedirectory] supportftp -t hours supportftp -R supportftp -e supportftp -d Description Note Operands Use this command to set, clear, or display support FTP parameters. The parameters set by this command are used by the supportSave and traceDump commands.
supportFtp Examples 2 To set the FTP parameters: switch:admin> supportftp -s -h 1080::8:800:200C:417A -u njoe -p password -d support supportftp: ftp parameters changed. To display the FTP parameters: switch:admin> supportftp Host IP Addr: 1080::8:800:200C:417A User name: njoe Remote Dir: support FTP Auto check: Off To set FTP parameters interactively: switch:admin> supportftp -s Host IP Addr[1080::8:800:200C:417A]:192.168.67.
2 supportSave supportSave Saves RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, core file, FFDC data, and other support information Synopsis supportsave supportsave [-n] [-c] [-k] [-u user_name -p password -h host_ip -d remote_dir -l protocol] supportsave [-R] supportsave [-U -d remote_dir] supportsave [-t timeout_multiplier] Description Use this command to collect RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, core file, FFDC data and other support information to a remote FTP location.
supportSave 2 -k Specifies that the supportFtp auto file transfer configuration transfer only core and FFDC files in noninteractive mode. -u user_name Specifies the user name for the FTP or SCP server. This operand is optional; if omitted, anonymous FTP is used. -p password Specifies the password for the FTP or SCP server. This operand is optional with FTP; if omitted, anonymous FTP is used. -h host_ip Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the remote server.
2 supportSave Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information ......
supportSave 2 Saving support information for chassis:ras020_chassis, module:SSHOW_PLOG..... Saving support information for chassis:ras020_chassis, module:SSHOW_OS.................................. Saving support information for chassis:ras020_chassis, module:SSHOW_EX..... Saving support information for chassis:ras020_chassis, module:SSHOW_FABRIC........
2 supportShow supportShow Displays switch information for debugging purposes. Synopsis Description supportshow [[slot/]port1[-port2]] [lines] Use this command to display support information from groups of preselected Fabric OS and Linux commands and other support and debugging information. You can specify a port or a range of ports for which to display this information. These commands are organized by groups, but note that the order of the groups listed below is not the same as executed by the command.
supportShow 2 Output generated by this command may vary by switch configuration and platform. Output may change without notice. Operands This command has the following operands: slot On bladed systems only, specifies a slot number, followed by a slash (/). port1[-por2] Specifies a port or a range of ports for which to display supportShow information. this operand is optional; if omitted, the command displays information for all ports.
2 supportShow ------------------------------------------------Sat Dec 5 23:54:37 2009 23:54:37.560 FCPH read 56 16 02fffc23,00fffc19,bb000000,00000000,04 3401bb 23:54:37.560 FCPH seq 56 10 20290000,043401bb,00000722,0000001c,00 000000 23:54:37.560 msd0 ctin 56 fa 0001f007,00000000 23:54:37.
supportShowCfgDisable 2 supportShowCfgDisable Disables a group of commands under the supportShow command. Synopsis Description supportshowcfgdisable os | exception | port | fabric | services | security | network | portlog | systemextend | filter | perfmon | ficon | iswitch | asic_db |iscsi | ficon | ag | dce_hsl | crypto | fcip Use this command to disable a group of commands under the supportShow command. Use the supportShowCfgEnable command to enable groups of commands.
2 supportShowCfgDisable Examples To disable the OS group of commands under the supportShow command: switch:admin> supportshowcfgdisable os Config update Succeeded See Also 916 supportShow, supportShowCfgEnable, supportShowCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
supportShowCfgEnable 2 supportShowCfgEnable Enables a group of commands to be displayed under the supportShow command. Synopsis Description supportshowcfgenable os | exception | port | fabric | services | security | network | portlog | system | extend | filter | perfmon | ficon | iswitch | asic_db |ag | dce_hsl |crypto | fcip Use this command to enable a group of commands to be displayed under the supportShow command. Use the supportShowCfgDisable command to disable groups of commands.
2 supportShowCfgEnable Examples To enable a group of commands under the supportShow command: switch:admin> supportshowcfgenable os Config update Succeeded See Also 918 supportShow, supportShowCfgDisable, supportShowCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
supportShowCfgShow 2 supportShowCfgShow Displays the groups of commands enabled for display by the supportShow command. Synopsis Description supportshowcfgshow Use this command to display the groups of commands enabled for display by the supportShow command. Use the supportShowCfgEnable and the supportShowCfgDisable commands to modify which groups are displayed.
2 supportShowCfgShow asic_db iscsi fcip ag dce_hsl See Also 920 enabled enabled enabled enabled enabled supportShow, supportShowCfgDisable, supportShowCfgEnable Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
switchBeacon 2 switchBeacon Sets switch beaconing mode on or off. Synopsis Description switchbeacon [mode] Use this command to enable or disable switch beaconing mode. Switch beaconing can be used to locate a failing unit. When beaconing mode is turned on, the port LEDs flash amber, left to right and right to left, from port 0 to the highest port number and back to port 0. The beaconing mode continues until you turn it off. The beaconing LED pattern continues until you turn it off.
2 switchCfgPersistentDisable switchCfgPersistentDisable Disables a switch persistently. Synopsis Description switchcfgpersistentdisable Use this command to persistently disable the switch. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. If the switch was part of a fabric, the remaining switches reconfigure. The switch remains disabled even after a reboot. The disable process can be observed and verified by watching the front panel LEDs change to slow flashing yellow as each port is disabled.
switchCfgPersistentEnable 2 switchCfgPersistentEnable Enables a switch persistently. Synopsis Description switchcfgpersistentenable Use this command to persistently enable a persistently disabled switch. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled and come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. The switch may need to be enabled if it was previously disabled to make configuration changes or to run diagnostics.
2 switchCfgSpeed switchCfgSpeed Configures the speed for all ports on a switch. Synopsis Description switchcfgspeed speed Use this command to configure the port speed on a switch. This command sets the speed for all user ports. If any port on the switch is not capable of the specified speed setting, an error message is displayed for that port. The configuration is saved in nonvolatile memory and persists across switch reboots or power cycles.
switchCfgTrunk 2 switchCfgTrunk Enables or disables trunking on all the ports of a switch. Synopsis Description switchcfgtrunk mode Use this command to enable or disable trunking on all the ports of a switch. Use portCfgTrunkPort to enable or disable trunking on a single port. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the ports to which the configuration applies are disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration.
2 switchDisable switchDisable Disables all user ports on a switch. Synopsis Description switchdisable Use this command to disable all user ports on a switch. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. If the switch was part of a fabric, the remaining switches reconfigure. As each port is disabled, the front panel LED changes to a slow flashing yellow. The switch must be disabled before making configuration changes or before running offline diagnostic tests.
switchEnable 2 switchEnable Enables all user ports on a switch. Synopsis Description switchenable Use this command to enable all user ports on a switch. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self test (POST) are enabled. They can come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. Use switchEnable to re-enable the switch after making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics. If the switch is connected to a fabric, it rejoins the fabric.
2 switchName switchName Displays or sets the switch name. Synopsis Description switchname [name] Use this command to display or set the switch name. All switches have a symbolic name that is primarily used for switch management. This name is shown in the Fabric OS CLI prompt, under each switch icon in Web Tools, and in the output of various Fabric OS commands, such as fabricShow. Use this command with the name operand to assign a new switch name.
switchShow 2 switchShow Displays switch and port status. Synopsis switchshow switchshow [-slot slot] -portname switchshow [-portcount |-iscsi] Description Use this command to display switch, blade, and port status information. Output may vary depending on the switch model. When used without operands, switchShow displays the following information: switchName Switch name. switchType Switch model and revision numbers. switchState Switch state: Online, Offline, Testing, or Faulty.
2 switchShow Index Port index is a number between 0 and the maximum number of supported ports on the platform. The port index identifies the port number relative to the switch. Slot Slot number; 1-12 Port Port number; 0-15, 0-31, or 0-47. Address The 24-bit Address Identifier. Media Media types include: -- No module present. Applicable to all port types. cu Displays when the copper (default) GbE port ge0 or ge1 is active (refer to portCfgGeMediaType for more information).
switchShow No_Sync The module is receiving light but is out of sync. In_Sync The module is receiving light and in sync. Laser_Flt The module is signaling a laser fault. Port_Flt The port is marked faulty. Diag_Flt The port failed diagnostics. Lock_Ref The port is locking to the reference signal. Testing The port is running diagnostics. Offline A port connection is not established (for virtual ports only). Online The port is up and running. Proto Protocol support by GbE port.
2 switchShow (downstream) The E_Port is a downstream path away from the principal switch of the fabric. Persistently Disabled This port has been disabled with the portCfgPersistentDisable command. FICON Persistent DID This port has been disabled, because the switch could not obtain its configuration domain ID during the fabric reconfiguration when fmsmode was enabled. See the ficonCupSet help page for more information. Fabric ID conflict Two different fabrics have been assigned the same fabric ID.
switchShow 2 On the Brocade 8000, the Proto column identifies the FCoE ports of the switch. For all FCoE ports, the speed is 10 Gbps. The default configuration of an FCoE port is an F_Port configuration. After a successful reboot switchShow displays all FCoE ports as online. For each FCoE port, the FCoE controller WWN is shown. FCoE ports are not configurable with the Fabric OS port commands. Use the fcoe commands instead.
2 switchShow FC Router BB Fabric ID: 1 Area Port Media Speed State Proto ===================================== 0 0 -N8 No_Module FC 1 1 -N8 No_Module FC 2 2 -N8 No_Module FC 3 3 -N8 No_Module FC 4 4 -N8 No_Module FC 5 5 -N8 No_Module FC 6 6 -N8 No_Module FC 7 7 -N8 No_Module FC 8 8 -N8 No_Module FC 9 9 id N8 Online FC F-Port (AoQ) 10 10 id N8 Online FC F-Port (AoQ) 11 11 id N4 Online FC F-Port (AoQ) 12 12 -N8 No_Module FC 13 13 -N8 No_Module FC 14 14 -N8 No_Module FC 15 15 -N8 No_Module FC 16 16 id N8 No_
switchShow switchWwn: zoning: switchBeacon: FC Router: Allow XISL use: LS Attributes: 2 10:00:00:60:69:80:04:92 ON (testcfg1) OFF OFF ON [FID: 10, Base Switch: No, Default Switch: No, Address Mode 0] Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto =================================================== 377 12 41 32f180 -N8 No_Module 378 12 42 32f280 -N8 No_Module 379 12 43 32f380 -N8 No_Module 380 12 44 32f480 -N8 No_Module 381 12 45 32f580 -N8 No_Module 382 12 46 32f680 -N8 No_Module 383 12 47 32f780 -N8 N
2 switchShow To display blade information and port names: switch:admin> switchshow -slot 5 -portname FC Router: OFF Allow XISL Use: OFF LS Attributes:[FID: 128, Base Switch: No, Default Switch: Yes, Address Mode 0] Slot Blade Type ID Status ------------------------------------------------5 COREBLADE 52 ENABLED Index Slot Port Name =================================================== 384 5 0 MyName_portname0 385 5 1 -----386 5 2 ------ To display the domain ID offset on a switch in interop mode 2: switch:a
switchShow 2 • The sfpshow output for the same switch displays the serial number for the SFP. [...] Port 31: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UAF1081800000MK Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s Port 32: -[...
2 switchStatusPolicySet switchStatusPolicySet Sets the policy parameters that determine overall switch status. Synopsis Description switchstatuspolicyset Use this command to set policy parameters for calculating the overall status of the switch enclosure. The policy parameter values determine how many failed or faulty units of each contributor are allowed before triggering a status change in the switch from HEALTHY to MARGINAL or DOWN.
switchStatusPolicySet Temperatures Fans WWN CP Blade CoreBlade Flash MarginalPorts FaultyPorts MissingSFPs 2 2 0 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Note that the value, 0, for a parameter, means that it is NOT used in the calculation. ** In addition, if the range of settable values in the prompt is (0..0), ** the policy parameter is NOT applicable to the switch. ** Simply hit the Return key. The minimum number of Bad PowerSupplies contributing to DOWN status: (0..
2 switchStatusPolicyShow switchStatusPolicyShow Displays the policy parameters that determine overall switch status. Synopsis Description switchstatuspolicyshow Use this command to view the current policy parameters set for the switch. These policy parameters determine the number of failed or nonoperational units allowed for each contributor before triggering a status change in the switch. The command displays the current parameters in a three-column format similar to what is shown in Table 27.
switchStatusPolicyShow Flash MarginalPorts FaultyPorts MissingSFPs See Also 0 2 2 0 2 1 1 1 0 switchStatusPolicySet, switchStatusShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 941
2 switchStatusShow switchStatusShow Displays overall switch status. Synopsis Description switchstatusshow Use this command to display the overall status for a switch that is configured with IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. In addition, users with a Fabric Watch license are able to view the list of unhealthy ports.
switchStatusShow Missing SFPs monitor 2 HEALTHY All ports are healthy To retrieve a switch health report for a switch that is configured with an IPv4 address: switch:user> switchstatusshow Switch Health Report Switch Name: switch IP address: 10.32.89.
2 switchUptime switchUptime Displays the amount of time the switch has been operating. Synopsis Description Note switchuptime Use this command to display the current time and the amount of time that the switch has been operational. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
switchViolation 2 switchViolation Dumps the DCC violations for a switch. Synopsis Description Notes switchViolation --dump -dcc Use this command to display all Device Connection Control (DCC) violations that have occurred on a switch. Internally the command searches "errdumpall" for the DCC violations. For each DCC violation, the command displays the device WWN and the port where the violation occurred.
2 syslogdFacility syslogdFacility Sets or displays the syslog facility. Synopsis Description Note Operands syslogdFacility [-l level] Use this command to set the syslog facility to a specified log file, or use this command without operands to display the current syslog facility. The syslog daemon (syslogd) reads and forwards system messages to the log file specified by this command. You must configure the servers to receive system messages by adding them with the syslogdIpAdd command.
syslogdIpAdd 2 syslogdIpAdd Configures a switch to forward system messages to specified servers. Synopsis Description syslogdipadd ip_address Use this command to configure a switch to forward all error log entries to the syslog daemon (syslogd) of one or more specified servers. The syslog daemon is a process available on most UNIX systems that reads and forwards system messages to the appropriate log files or users, depending on the system configuration. Up to six servers are supported.
2 syslogdIpRemove syslogdIpRemove Removes a server that is running the syslog daemon. Synopsis Description Note Operands syslogdipremove ip_address Use this command to remove a server that is running the syslogd process and to which system messages are sent from the syslog server configuration on the switch. IPv6 and IPv4 syslogd addresses are supported. Use syslogdIPShow to view the current syslog server configuration.
syslogdIpShow 2 syslogdIpShow Displays all syslog daemon IP addresses. Synopsis Description Note syslogdipshow Displays the list of servers that are running the syslogd daemon and to which system messages are sent. Servers are specified in the configuration database by IP address. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 sysMonitor sysMonitor Configures Fabric Watch thresholds for the SFP, fabric, filter, security, and EE monitor classes and monitors memory and system resources..
sysMonitor 2 Fabric Watch thresholds vary depending on the class and platform. Refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator’s Guide for defaults and configuration guidelines. Note Execution of this command requires a Fabric Watch License. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 sysMonitor none Event triggers no action. -buffer value Specifies the buffer value for in-range behavior. A buffer defines a zone within which event criteria are met, rather than a single threshold value. This operand is optional with the -trigger options and valid only with these options. -nosave Prevents the configuration changes from being saved persistently. This option allows you to make and view changes without overwriting the saved configuration.
sysMonitor 2 When used to configure CPU monitoring, specify a value in the 1-100 range. When CPU usage exceeds the limit a Fabric Watch alert is triggered. The default CPU limit is 50% for the Brocade 48000 and 75% for all other platforms. When used to configure memory monitoring the limit value must be greater than the low limit and smaller than the high limit. When the limit is exceeded, Fabric Watch sends out a RASlog WARNING message.
2 sysMonitor To display the Fabric Watch configuration for temperature: switch:admin>sysmonitor --show env -area temp Class: ENV Area : TEMP ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: None Value : 65 Trigger : Above Trigger : Below Default: TimeBase: None Value : 65 Trigger : Above Trigger : Below Low: Custom: TimeBase: None Value : 0 Trigger : Above Trigger : Below Default: TimeBase: None Value : 0 Trigger : Above Trigger : Below Buffer: Custom: Value : 10 Default: Value : 10 Action: Raslog,SN
sysMonitor 2 Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 100 Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Below Action: Raslog TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 90 Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Below Action: Raslog TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 0 Above Action: None Below Action: Raslog,SNMP TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 0 Above Action: None Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Default: Low: Custom: Default: Buffer: Custom: Value : 0 Value : 0 Default: To configure the thresholds fo
2 sysShutDown sysShutDown Provides a graceful shutdown to protect the switch file systems. Synopsis Description sysshutdown On standalone platforms, use this command to shut down the switch operating system. On enterprise-class platforms, when sysShutDown is called on the active control processor (CP), the command shuts down the active CP, standby CP, and any AP blades.
sysShutDown 2 To attempt a system shutdown from the standby CP (not supported): switch:admin> sysshutdown Shut down the whole system is not support from the standby CP For shut down the whole system please run the sysshutdown from the active CP See Also haDisable Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 957
2 tempShow tempShow Displays temperature readings. Synopsis tempshow Description Use this command to display the current temperature readings of all temperature sensors in a switch. For each sensor, this command displays the slot number (if applicable), the sensor state, and the temperature. The temperature readings are given in both Centigrade and Fahrenheit. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
thConfig 2 thConfig Configures Fabric Watch thresholds for the SFP, fabric, filter, security and EE monitor classes.
2 thConfig -area area SFP Monitors the SFP class. Valid areas for the SFP class include the following: TEMP Monitors the physical temperature of the SFP in degrees Celsius. RXP Measures Receive Power for the SPF in Watts. TXP Measures Transmit Power for the SPF in Watts. CURRENT Measures the amount of current supplied to the SFP transceiver. VOLTAGE Measures the amount of voltage supplied to the SFP. FABRIC Monitors the Fabric class.
thConfig FILTER 2 Monitors the Filter Performance Monitor class. Valid areas for the filter class include the following: customer-defined Customer defined performance areas. You can specify any filter monitor to be tracked by Fabric Watch. Refer to the fmConfig command for more information. EE Monitors the End-to-End Performance Monitor class.
2 thConfig email Event triggers an e-mail. poortlog Event triggers a port log entry none Event triggers no action. -buffer value Specifies the buffer value for in range behavior. A buffer defines a zone within which event criteria are met, rather than a single threshold value. This operand is valid only with the -trigger options. -nosave Prevents the configuration changes from being saved persistently. This option allows you to make and view changes without overwriting the saved configuration.
thConfig Examples 2 To set custom thresholds for the SFP class and temperature area: switch:admin> thconfig --set sfp -area temp -highthreshold -value 32 -trigger above -action email switch:admin> tthconfig --set sfp -area temp -highthreshold -trigger below -action raslog switch:admin> thconfig --set sfp -area temp -lowthreshold -value 0 -trigger above -action raslog switch:admin> thconfig --set sfp -area temp -lowthreshold -value 0 -trigger below -action email To apply the new custom settings so they b
2 thConfig Area : RXP ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 5000 Above Action: Raslog Below Action: None TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 5000 Above Action: Raslog Below Action: None TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 0 Above Action: None Below Action: Raslog TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : None 0 Above Action: None Below Action: Raslog Default: Low: Custom: Default: Buffer: Custom: Value : 25 Value : 25 Default: (outp
thConfig 2 To display the current status for the SFP class: switch:admin> thconfig --show sfp -c Class |Area |PortNo|C# |Value |State ---------|-------|------|----|---------|------SFP |TEMP |000000|n/a |50 |InRange SFP |TEMP |000001|n/a |51 |InRange SFP |TEMP |000002|n/a |51 |InRange SFP |TEMP |000003|n/a |44 |InRange SFP |TEMP |000009|n/a |51 |InRange SFP |TEMP |000010|n/a |51 |InRange SFP |TEMP |000011|n/a |51 |InRange SFP |TEMP |000016|n/a |49 |InRange SFP |TEMP |000017|n/a |49 |InRange SFP |TEMP |0000
2 thConfig To display valid areas for all classes: switch:admin> thconfig --show -only_area ClassName|Area ---------|--------------Fabric |ED |FC |DC |SC |ZC |FL SFP |TXP |RXP |Current |Voltage |ST |Temp security |TV |HV |SV |DV |LV | IC |TS |FF |NF |ISB |IV] filter |CUSDEF ee |RXP |TXP To display valid areas for the Fabric class: switch:admin> thconfig --show fabric -only_area ClassName|Area ---------|--------------Fabric |ED |FC |DC |SC |ZC |FL See Also 966 portFencing, portThConfig, sysmonitor Fab
timeOut 2 timeOut Sets or displays the idle timeout value for a login session. Synopsis Description timeout [timeval] Use this command without an operand to display the current timeout value (in minutes) after which idle logins are automatically terminated. Use this command with the timeval operand to set the login timeout value to the specified interval. A value of 0 disables timeout of login sessions. The new timeout value takes effect with the next logins.
2 topologyShow topologyShow Displays the unicast fabric topology. Synopsis Description topologyshow [domain] Use this command to display the fabric topology as it appears to the local switch. The display varies depending on the hardware configuration. The following rules apply: 1. On all switches, the command displays the number of domains in the fabric and the local Domain IDs. If translate domains are configured, existing translate domains and associated ports are displayed. 2.
topologyShow Total Bandwidth 2 The maximum bandwidth of the out port. A bandwidth that is less than 0.512 Gbps is adjusted to the nearest power of 2 value. A bandwidth in the range of 0.512 Gbps Included) to 1 Gbps (not included) is adjusted to the 0.512 Gbps value. No adjustment takes place if the bandwidth is greater or equal to 1 Gbps. Bandwidth Demand The maximum bandwidth demand by the in ports. Flags Note Operands Always D, indicating a dynamic path.
2 topologyShow Domain: 3 Metric: 10500 Name: fcr_xd_3_5 Path Count: 1 Hops: Out Port: In Ports: Total Bandwidth: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: Domain: Metric: Name: Path Count: 111 500 peng3900101 1 Hops: Out Port: In Ports: Total Bandwidth: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: Domain: Metric: Name: Path Count: 2 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 8.000 Gbps 1275 % D 1 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 2.
topologyShow Path Count: 1 Hops: Out Port: In Ports: Total Bandwidth: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: See Also 2 2 0 23 24 33 38 39 8.
2 traceDump traceDump Initiates, or removes a trace dump or displays the trace dump status. Synopsis tracedump [-S ] tracedump -n [-s slot] tracedump -r [-s slot] | -R tracedump -c [-s slot] Description Use this command to initiate a background trace dump, to remove the content of a trace dump, or to display the dump status on the switch. When executed without operands, this command defaults to traceDump -S. Execution of traceDump –n generates a local trace dump locally.
traceDump 2 To clear the status of a trace dump: switch:admin> tracedump -R trace dump removed To clear the content of the trace dump buffer: switch:admin> tracedump -c Cleared Trace Buffer contents See Also supportFtp, supportSave, supportShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 973
2 trackChangesHelp trackChangesHelp Displays information on the track-changes commands. Synopsis Description Note Examples trackchangeshelp Use this command to display information about the track-changes commands. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
trackChangesSet 2 trackChangesSet Enables or disables the track-changes feature. Synopsis Description trackchangesset [mode][, snmptrapmode] This command enables or disables the track-changes feature. An SNMP-TRAP mode can also be enabled.
2 trackChangesShow trackChangesShow Displays status of the track-changes feature. Synopsis Description trackchangesshow Use this command to display status of the track-changes feature. It shows whether the feature is enabled or disabled and if SNMP traps are generated. The output from the track-changes feature is dumped to the error log for the switch. Use the errDump command or errShow command to view the error log.
trunkDebug 2 trunkDebug Debugs a trunk link failure. Synopsis Description trunkdebug port1 port2 Use this command to debug a trunk link failure.
2 trunkShow trunkShow Displays trunking information. Synopsis Description trunkshow [-perf] Use this command to display trunking information of both E_Ports and EX_Ports. The command displays the following fields: Trunking Group Number Displays each trunking group on a switch. All ports that are part of this trunking group are displayed. Port to port connections Displays the port-to-port trunking connections. WWN Displays the world wide name of the connected port.
trunkShow Note Operands The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operand: -perf Examples 2 Displays the total bandwidth, throughput, and percentage of link utilization information for the trunk group (Rx, Tx, and combined total for Tx+Rx) . This operand is optional.
2 trunkShow 64 7 0 014000 id N4 Online 65 7 1 014100 id N4 Online 66 7 2 014200 id N4 Online 67 7 3 014300 id N4 Online 68 7 4 014400 id N4 Online 69 7 5 014500 id N4 Online 70 7 6 014600 id N4 Online 71 7 7 014700 id N4 Online (downstream)(Trunk master) E-Port E-Port E-Port E-Port E-Port E-Port E-Port E-Port (Trunk port, master is Slot 7 Port (Trunk port, master is Slot 7 Port (Trunk port, master is Slot 7 Port (Trunk port, master is Slot 7 Port (Trunk port, master is Slot 7 Port (Trunk port, master is
tsClockServer 2 tsClockServer Displays or sets the Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server addresses. Synopsis Description tsclockserver [ipaddr [; ipaddr ...]] Use this command to synchronize the local time of the Principal or Primary FCS switch to one or more external NTP servers. This command accepts a list of NTP server addresses. The NTP server addresses can be passed in either IPV4 or IPV6 address format or as a DNS server name.
2 tsClockServer Examples To display the default clock server: switch:admin> tsclockserver LOCL To set the NTP server to a specified IP address: switch:admin> tsclockserver 123.123.123.123 Updating Clock Server configuration...done. switch:admin> tsclockserver 123.123.123.123 To configure multiple NTP servers: switch:admin> tsclockserver "12.134.125.24; 12.234.87.01" Updating Clock Server configuration...done.
tsTimeZone 2 tsTimeZone Displays or sets the system time zone. Synopsis tstimezone --interactive tstimezone timezonename tstimezone --old hourOffset [, minuteOffset] Description Use this command to display or set the system time zone. All switches maintain the current time zone setup in nonvolatile memory. Changing the time zone on a switch updates the local time zone setup and is reflected in local time calculations. All switches are by default in the 0,0 time zone:, which is, GMT.
2 tsTimeZone Operands This command has the following operands: --old Examples Specifies the time zone in the offset format. hourOffset Specifies the number of hours relative to GMT. This operand must be specified as an integer. Valid values are -12 through 12. This operand is required with the --old option. minuteOffset Specifies the number of minutes relative to hour offset. This operand must be specified as an integer and is valid only with the --old option. Valid values are -30, 0, or 30.
tsTimeZone 12) Chile 29) Martinique 13) Colombia 30) Mexico 14) Costa Rica 31) Montserrat 15) Cuba 32) Netherlands Antilles 16) Dominica 33) Nicaragua 17) Dominican Republic 34) Panama Enter number or control-D to quit ?45 46) 47) 48) 49) 2 Uruguay Venezuela Virgin Islands (UK) Virgin Islands (US) Please select one of the following time zone regions.
2 turboRamTest turboRamTest Performs a turbo SRAM test of ASIC chips. Synopsis turboramtest [--slot slot][-passcnt count] ceeturboramtest [--slot slot][-passcnt count] Description Use this command to verify the chip SRAM located in the ASIC using the turbo-RAM BIST circuitry. The BIST controller is able to perform the SRAM write and read operation at a much faster rate than the PCI operation. The turboRamTest and ceeTurboRamTest commands are platform-specific versions of the same test.
upTime 2 upTime Displays length of time the system has been operational. Synopsis Description uptime This command displays the current time, how long the system has been running, how many users are currently logged on, and the system load averages for the past 1, 5, and 15 minutes. If the uptime is less than 60 seconds, the time is displayed in seconds. For times greater than or equal to 60 seconds, the time is displayed in minutes. The output format adjusts accordingly.
2 uRouteConfig uRouteConfig Configures a static route. Synopsis Description urouteconfig in_area domain out_area Use this command to configure static routes. A static route is assigned to a specific path (defined by port number out_area) and does not change when a topology change occurs unless the path used by the route becomes unavailable.
uRouteRemove 2 uRouteRemove Removes a static route. Synopsis Description urouteremove in_area domain Use this command to remove a previously configured static route. After this command is issued, the route to domain for in_area might change to use a different output port, but only if dynamic load sharing (DLS) is set. If DLS is not set, the route remains as is, with its route attribute changed from static to dynamic.
2 uRouteShow uRouteShow Displays unicast routing information. Synopsis Description urouteshow [slot/][port] [domain] Use this command to display the unicast routing information for a port, as it is known by the FSPF path selection and routing task. The routing information describes how a frame that is received from a port on the local switch is to be routed to reach a destination switch. The following information displays: Local Domain ID Domain number of local switch.
uRouteShow Examples 2 port Specify the number of the input port whose routes are to be displayed, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow to display a list of valid ports. This operand is optional; if omitted, the command displays routing information for all input ports in the switch. domain Specify a remote domain in the fabric for which routing information is to be displayed. This operand is optional; if omitted, the routing information for all domains in the fabric is displayed.
2 usbStorage usbStorage Manages data files on an attached USB storage device. Synopsis usbstorage [-e | --enable] usbstorage [-d | --disable] usbstorage [-l | --list] usbstorage [-r | --remove area target] usbstorage [-h | --help] Description Notes Use this command to control a USB device attached to the Active CP.
usbStorage 2 FW_v6.0.0\ 380MB 2007 Aug 15 15:13 Available space on usbstorage 74% To remove a firmware target from the firmware application area: switch:admin> usbstorage -r firmware FW_v6.0.
2 userConfig userConfig Manages user accounts.
userConfig 2 This command supports the following roles. These roles define access permissions for Fabric OS commands. In a Logical Fabric environment, you can additionally define access to chassis-level commands. An account can have one role in the Logical Fabric, and another role regarding chassis commands. Notes User Nonadministrative use, such as monitoring system activity. Operator A subset of administrative tasks for routine switch maintenance.
2 userConfig -l LF_ID For each LF in LF_ID_list, displays a list of users that include that LF in their LFF permissions. Specify a range (1-5), or a list of LF_IDs separated by a comma (1,2,3), or a combination of both (1-5,7). Only users with SecurityAdmin or Admin role may execute this command. -c Displays a list of users who have permission to execute chassis commands. --add |--change Creates a new user account or modifies an existing user account.
userConfig 2 -a AD_ID_list Specifies the Administrative Domains the user is authorized to access. The ADs in AD_ID_list and the existing AD permissions for username must be a subset of the AD permissions of the account that executes this command. This operand is optional. If no AD list is specified with the --add option, AD0 is assigned by default. Use comma-separated lists, ranges, or both, for example -a 0,9,10-15,244. -l LF_ID_list Specifies the Virtual Fabrics the user is authorized to access.
2 userConfig -h AD_ID Specifies the account’s home AD. This operand is optional. • If home AD is specified with the --addad option, it must be one of the • ADs in AD_ID_list. If a home AD is not specified and username did not previously have a home AD, the home AD is set to the lowest numbered AD in the user's AD permissions. If a home AD is specified with the --deletead option, it must be one of the ADs in the AD permissions remaining after the ADs specified in AD_ID_list have been removed.
userConfig 2 --delete username Deletes the specified account from the switch. This command prompts for confirmation. Once an account is deleted, the CLI sessions associated with the account are terminated. The following restrictions apply when you delete an account: • You cannot delete a default account. • You cannot delete your own account.
2 userConfig To change account bob's AD member list to 128 and 129, Home AD to 128: switch:admin> userConfig --change bob -a 128,129 To add AD 0 and 255 to bob’s AD member list. Home AD is unchanged: switch:admin> userConfig --addad bob -a 0,AD255 To delete AD 128 from bob’s AD member list. New home AD is set to 0: switch:admin> userConfig --deletead bob -a 128 -h 0 B. The following examples illustrate how to create and manage user accounts in an LF-enabled environment.
userConfig 2 To remove chassis permissions from the test account for the LFs 1-3. switch:admin> userconfig --deletelf test -l 1-3 -c Broadcast message from root (ttyS0) Sat Jun 14 01:10:02 2008... Security Policy, Password or Account Attribute Change: test will be logged out LFs/chassis role for account test has been successfully deleted.
2 userRename userRename Renames the user login name. Synopsis Description userrename old_username new_username Use this command to change an existing account login name to a new login name. The following rules apply: • The new username must begin with a letter and contain only alphanumeric characters or underscores. Note that usernames are case sensitive. • The new username must be between 1 and 40 characters long. • The new username must be different from any other existing account login name.
version 2 version Displays firmware version information. Synopsis Description version Use this command to display firmware version information and build dates. The command output includes the following: Kernel The version of switch kernel operating system. Fabric OS The version of switch Fabric OS. Made on The build date of firmware running in switch. Flash The build date of firmware stored in flash proms.
2 wwn wwn Displays the world wide name (WWN) and factory serial number of the switch or chassis. Synopsis Description wwn [-sn ] Use this command to display the WWN associated with a switch or chassis and to display the factory serial number. The WWN is a 64-bit number that has eight colon-separated fields each consisting of one or two hexadecimal digits between 0 and ff. The WWN is a factory-set parameter that cannot be changed by the end user.
wwn 2 To display the WWN on a Brocade 5100: switch:admin> wwn 10:00:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 To display the WWN and factory serial number: switch:admin> wwn -sn WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:82:3c:2a SN: ALM0602E003 switch:admin> chassisshow | grep ALM0602E003 Factory Serial Num: ALM0602E003 See Also chassisShow, fabricShow, licenseidShow, switchShow, Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02 1005
2 wwnAddress wwnAddress Binds an FC Port ID to a device WWN. Synopsis wwnaddress --bind [WWN] [PID] wwnaddress --unbind [WWN] wwnaddress --show wwnaddress --findPID [WWN] wwnaddress --help Description Use this command to manage address assignments for a given device world wide name. The allocation of a PID to a specified device WWN supports the persistence of the PID based on the WWN of the device to which the PID is bound.
wwnAddress --findPID WWN --help Examples 2 Displays the PID currently bound to the specified device WWN. Specifies the device WWN. Displays the command usage.
2 zone zone Performs specific zone operations, manages Traffic Isolation (TI) Zones, and Frame Redirect (RD) Zones. Synopsis zone --help To perform specific zone operations: zone --copy [source_AD.
zone 2 Using TI zones in logical fabrics has several restrictions. For more information, refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide. 3. Use the --rdcreate and --rddelete options to manage Frame Redirect (RD) Zones. RD zones allow frames to be redirected to devices that can perform additional processing on these frames (for example, encryption). The feature uses a combination of RD zones and Name Server changes to map real device world wide names (WWNs) to virtual port IDs (PIDs.
2 zone dest_zone_object Identifies the destination zone object within the current Admin Domain. If dest_zone_object is not specified, source_zone_object is copied over with the same name. If the destination zone object is not already present in the Admin Domain, one is created (with type as source_zone_object). -f --expunge “zone_object” --validate Overwrites existing zone object without confirmation. Removes all references to the specified zone object and then deletes the zone object.
zone 2 The following operands are supported: -t objecttype Specifies the zone object type. This operand is supported only with the --create option. To create a TI zone, the value is ti. -o optlist Specifies list of options to control activation, deactivation, and failover mode. If this option is not specified the zone is created, by default, with failover enabled, and the zone will be activated. This operand is supported only with the --create and --add options.
2 zone -ascending Displays the TI zone members in ascending order. 3. Creating and managing RD Zones: --rdcreate Creates a RD Zone for the specified members. The following operands are required: host_wwn Specifies the port world wide name of the host. target_wwn Specifies the port world wide name of the target. vi_wwn Specifies the port world wide name of the virtual initiator (VI). vt_wwn Specifies the port world wide name of the virtual target (VT).
zone 2 To copy the cur_cfg1 zone configuration from the root zone database (AD0) to the current Admin Domain: switch:admin> zone --copy AD0.cur_cfg1 To copy the backup_zn zone from the root zone database (AD0) to the current Admin Domain: switch:admin> zone --copy AD0.backup_zn To copy the backup_zn zone from the root zone database (AD0) to the current Admin Domain, with Admin Domain member list filtering: switch:admin> zone --copy -f AD0.
2 zone To validate all zones in the zone database in the effective configuration: switch:admin> zone --validate -m 2 Effective configuration: cfg: ticonfig zone: regzone 1,4* 1,5* -----------------------------------~ - Invalid configuration * - Member does not exist # - Invalid usage of broadcast zone To prune all the zone members that are not enforceable: switch:admin> zone --validate -f You are about to prune the zone configurations, based on zone --validate output.
zone 2 To display all TI zones in the defined configuration: switch:admin> zone --show Defined TI zone configuration: TI Zone Name: Port List: ti_blue 4,55; 10:00:00:00:00:01:00:01; 10:00:00:00:00:01:00:04; 3,9 Configured Status: Activated / Failover-Disabled Enabled Status: Deactivated TI Zone Name: Port List: ti_red 4,4; 5,5; 3,3 Configured Status: Activated / Failover-Enabled Enabled Status: Activated / Failover-Enabled To display all TI zones in the defined configuration in ascending order: switc
2 zone To create an FCR TI zone within an Edge fabric where a host should talk to target1 and target4 through port number 2 on an Edge fabric switch with a domain ID of 3.
zoneAdd 2 zoneAdd Adds a member to the zone. Synopsis Description zoneadd "zoneName", "member[; member]" Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command. For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
2 zoneCreate zoneCreate Creates a zone. Synopsis Description zonecreate "zonename", "member[; member...]" Use this command to create a new zone, or to create a “broadcast” zone. A broadcast zone is a special zone that specifies the nodes that can receive broadcast traffic. This zone must be named "broadcast". Only one "broadcast" zone can exist within a fabric. This type of zone is enforced by the hardware; the switch controls the data transfer to a port. This command changes the defined configuration.
zoneCreate 2 When creating a zone, you can combine different ways of specifying zone members. For example, a zone defined with the following members: "2,12; 2,14; 10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a" contains all devices connected to switch 2, ports 12 and 14, and to the device with the world wide name "10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a" (either node name or port name), at the port in the fabric to which it is connected.
2 zoneDelete zoneDelete Deletes a zone. Synopsis Description zonedelete "zonename" Use this command to delete a zone. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory using the cfgSave command. For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
zoneHelp 2 zoneHelp Displays a description of zoning commands. Synopsis Description Note zonehelp Use this command to display short descriptions of zoning commands. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 zoneObjectCopy zoneObjectCopy Copies a zone object. Synopsis Description zoneObjectCopy "objectName", "newName" Use this command to make a copy of an existing zone object and give it a new name. The resulting object is of the same type as the original object. You can use this command for all zone object types, including cfg, zone, and alias. This command changes the defined configuration.
zoneObjectExpung 2 zoneObjectExpung Expunges a zone object. Synopsis Description zoneObjectExpunge "objectName" Use this command to expunge a zone object. In addition to deleting the object, this command also removes the object from the member lists of all other objects. After successful execution of this command, the specified object no longer exists the database. You can use this command for all zone object types, including cfg, zone, and alias. This command changes the defined configuration.
2 zoneObjectRename zoneObjectRename Renames a zone object. Synopsis Description zoneObjectRename "objectName", "newName" Use this command to rename a zone object. You can use this command for all zone object types, including cfg, zone, and alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
zoneRemove 2 zoneRemove Removes a member from a zone. Synopsis Description zoneremove "zonename", "zoneMemberList" Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone. If all members are removed, the zone is deleted. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command. For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
2 zoneShow zoneShow Displays zone information. Synopsis zoneshow [--sort] [pattern][, mode] zoneshow --help Description Use this command to display zone configuration information. This command includes sorting and search options to customize the output. If a pattern is specified, the command displays only matching match zone configuration names in the defined configuration.
zoneShow zone: zone: blue red 2 10:00:00:00:00:01:00:00; 3,4; 44,5 1,2; 2,3; 3,4; 4,5 Effective configuration: cfg: cfg1 zone: red 1,2 2,3 3,4 4,5 To display the red zone only using pattern search: switch:admin> zoneshow red zone: red 3,4; 1,2; 4,5; 2,3 To combine a pattern search with the sorting option: switch:admin> zoneshow --sort red zone: red 1,2; 2,3; 3,4; 4,5 To display the filtered content of the transaction buffer: switch:admin> zoneshow red, 1 zone: red 3,4; 1,2; 4,5; 2,3 To display the
2 1028 zoneShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02
Chapter Primary FCS Commands 3 In this chapter • Primary FCS commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Primary FCS commands Table 28 summarizes the commands that are available only on the primary Fabric Configuration Server (FCS) when FCS policy is enabled. TABLE 28 Primary FCS Commands aliAdd Must be run from the primary FCS switch. aliCreate Must be run from the primary FCS switch. aliDelete Must be run from the primary FCS switch.
3 Primary FCS commands TABLE 28 1030 Primary FCS Commands msPlClearDB Must be run from the primary FCS switch. msPlMgmtActivate Must be run from the primary FCS switch. msPlMgmtDeactivate Must be run from the primary FCS switch. msTdDisable msTdDisable “ALL” must be run from the primary FCS switch. msTdEnable msTdEnable “ALL” must be run from the primary FCS switch. secPolicyAbort Must be run from the primary FCS switch. secPolicyActivate Must be run from the primary FCS switch.
Appendix Command Availability A In this appendix • Command validation checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031 • Encryption commands and permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032 Command validation checks Before a command is executed, it is validated against the following checks. 1. Active or Standby availability: on enterprise-class platforms systems, checks that the command is available on the Control Processor (CP). 2.
A Encryption commands and permissions 4. Virtual Fabric availability: If Virtual Fabrics are enabled, commands are checked for context and switch type as follows: • Virtual Fabric context (VF) = Command applies to the current logical switch only, or to a specified logical switch. Virtual Fabric commands are further constrained by one of the following switch types: • • • • All Switches (All) = Command can be run in any switch context.
A Encryption commands and permissions TABLE 29 Encryption command RBAC availability and admin domain typy Command Name User Admin Oper SW Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Domain Context Switch Type addgroupmember N OM N N N O N OM Disallowed VF DS addmembernode N OM N N N O N OM Disallowed VF DS addhaclustermember N OM N N N OM N O Disallowed VF DS addinitiator N OM N N N OM N O Disallowed VF DS addLUN N OM N N N OM N O
A Encryption commands and permissions TABLE 29 Encryption command RBAC availability and admin domain typy (Continued) Command Name User Admin Oper SW Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Domain Context Switch Type import N OM N N N O N OM Disallowed VF DS initEE N OM N N N O N OM Disallowed VF DS initnode N OM N N N O N OM Disallowed VF DS leave_encryption_group N OM N N N O N OM Disallowed VF DS manual_rekey N OM N N N OM N
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions General Fabric OS commands and permissions Refer to Table 30 for Fabric OS commands.
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type ceeTurboramTest O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A cfgActvShow O OM O O OM OM O O Allowed CH N/A cfgAdd O OM O O OM OM O O Allowed VF All cfgClear O OM O O OM OM O O Allowed VF All cfgCreate O OM O O OM OM O O Allo
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type dataTypeShow O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A date O OM OM OM O OM O OM Allowed/ SwitchMember CH N/A dbgShow O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A defZone O OM O O OM OM O O AD0/ Disallowed VF All diagClearError O OM
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type fastBoot O OM OM OM O OM O O SwitchMember CH N/A fastWriteCfg O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A fcipChipTest O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A fcipHelp O O O O O O O O Allowed Disallowed N/A fcipLedTest O OM OM O
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type fdmiCacheShow O OM OM OM N OM O N Disallowed VF All fdmiShow O OM OM OM N OM O N Disallowed VF All ficinCfg O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember VF All ficonClear O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember VF All ficonCfg O OM OM OM N O
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type fwSetToDefault O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember VF All fwShow O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember VF All h O O O O O O O O Allowed Disallowed N/A haDisable O OM O OM N OM O O SwitchMember CH N/A haDump O OM O OM N OM O O A
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type iscsiPortCfg O OM O O O OM O N Disallowed VF All iscsiSessionCfg O OM O O O OM O N Disallowed VF All isciSwCfg O OM O O O OM O N Disallowed VF All islShow O OM O O N OM O N Allowed VF All isnsCcfg O OM O O O OM O N Disa
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type nbrStatsClear O OM OM OM O OM O N SwitchMember VF All netstat O OM OM OM O OM O O Allowed CH N/A nodeFind O OM O OM O OM O N Allowed VF All nsAliasShow O OM O OM O OM O N Allowed VF All nsAllShow O OM O OM O OM O N Allo
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type pkiRemove O OM O O N O O OM SwitchMember CH N/A pkiShow O OM O O N O O OM Allowed CH N/A policy O OM OM OM O OM OM O SwitchMember VF All portAddress O OM OM OM O OM OM O SwitchMember VF All portAlpaShow O OM OM OM N OM O
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type portCmd O OM OM OM O OM OM O SwitchMember VF All portDebug O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A portDisable O OM OM OM O OM OM O PortMember VF All portEnable O OM OM OM O OM OM O PortMember VF All portErrShow O OM OM OM
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type portSwapShow O OM OM OM O OM OM O Allowed VF All portTest O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember VF DS portTestShow O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember VF DS portThConfig O OM OM OM N OM O N Allowed VF All portTrunkArea O OM OM OM O
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type setVerbose O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A sfpShow O OM OM OM N OM O N PortMember VF All shellFlowControlDisable O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A shellFlowControlEnable O OM OM OM N OM O N SwitchMember CH N/A slee
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type switchUptime O OM OM OM O OM O O Allowed CH N/A switchViolation O OM OM OM O OM O OM Allowed VF All syslogdFacility O OM OM OM O OM O OM SwitchMember CH N/A syslogdIpAdd O OM OM OM O OM O OM SwitchMember CH N/A syslogdIpRemove
A General Fabric OS commands and permissions TABLE 30 Fabric OS command RBAC availability and admin domain type Command Name User Admin Oper Sw Zone Fabric BS Sec Admin Domain Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Context Switch Type wwnAddress O OM OM OM O OM O OM Allowed VF All zone O OM O O OM OM O O Allowed VF All zoneAdd O OM O O OM OM O O Allowed VF All zoneCreate O OM O O OM OM O O Allowed VF All zoneDelete O OM O O OM OM O O Allowed VF All
